US20070111996A1 - Pyrazolopyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors - Google Patents
Pyrazolopyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20070111996A1 US20070111996A1 US11/537,002 US53700206A US2007111996A1 US 20070111996 A1 US20070111996 A1 US 20070111996A1 US 53700206 A US53700206 A US 53700206A US 2007111996 A1 US2007111996 A1 US 2007111996A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- dimethyl
- canceled
- aryl
- heteroaryl
- group
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 0 [1*]C1=C2C=CN([4*][5*])C2=CC([2*])=C1 Chemical compound [1*]C1=C2C=CN([4*][5*])C2=CC([2*])=C1 0.000 description 31
- HQAQTRMYTNEXTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC1=NN(CC2=C(C)C(OC)=C(C)C=N2)C2=NC(N)=NC(Cl)=C12 Chemical compound CCC1=NN(CC2=C(C)C(OC)=C(C)C=N2)C2=NC(N)=NC(Cl)=C12 HQAQTRMYTNEXTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BMQHESZPQHWQDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=C(C)C=NC(CN2N=C(C(C)C)C3=C(Cl)N=C(N)N=C32)=C1C Chemical compound COC1=C(C)C=NC(CN2N=C(C(C)C)C3=C(Cl)N=C(N)N=C32)=C1C BMQHESZPQHWQDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PEYKEUAXBQDOKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(Br)C(C)=C(CN2N=C(C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(Cl)N=C(N)N=C32)N=C1 Chemical compound CC1=C(Br)C(C)=C(CN2N=C(C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(Cl)N=C(N)N=C32)N=C1 PEYKEUAXBQDOKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BBPFHMZMOFTZLZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(Cl)C(C)=C(CN2N=C(C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(Cl)N=C(N)N=C32)N=C1 Chemical compound CC1=C(Cl)C(C)=C(CN2N=C(C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(Cl)N=C(N)N=C32)N=C1 BBPFHMZMOFTZLZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GJDGNPKVYGCUOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=NN(CC2=C(C)C(Br)=C(C)C=N2)C2=NC(N)=NC(Cl)=C12 Chemical compound CC1=NN(CC2=C(C)C(Br)=C(C)C=N2)C2=NC(N)=NC(Cl)=C12 GJDGNPKVYGCUOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WVARMXHQBIJMFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=NN(CC2=C(C)C(Br)=C(C)C=[N+]2[O-])/C2=N\C(N)=N/C(Cl)=C\12 Chemical compound CC1=NN(CC2=C(C)C(Br)=C(C)C=[N+]2[O-])/C2=N\C(N)=N/C(Cl)=C\12 WVARMXHQBIJMFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FFXYNHCIMNNIGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=NN(CC2=C(C)C(Cl)=C(C)C=N2)C2=NC(N)=NC(Cl)=C12 Chemical compound CC1=NN(CC2=C(C)C(Cl)=C(C)C=N2)C2=NC(N)=NC(Cl)=C12 FFXYNHCIMNNIGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VBSDRXWPQCPQQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=NN(CC2=C(C)C(Cl)=C(C)C=[N+]2[O-])/C2=N\C(N)=N/C(Cl)=C\12 Chemical compound CC1=NN(CC2=C(C)C(Cl)=C(C)C=[N+]2[O-])/C2=N\C(N)=N/C(Cl)=C\12 VBSDRXWPQCPQQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WWSQQWIQDDHJKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC1=NN(CC2=C(C)C(Cl)=C(C)C=N2)C2=NC(N)=NC(Cl)=C12 Chemical compound CCC1=NN(CC2=C(C)C(Cl)=C(C)C=N2)C2=NC(N)=NC(Cl)=C12 WWSQQWIQDDHJKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XPUYBVFWOOAUOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=C(C)C=NC(CN2N=C(C)C3=C(Cl)N=C(N)N=C32)=C1C Chemical compound COC1=C(C)C=NC(CN2N=C(C)C3=C(Cl)N=C(N)N=C32)=C1C XPUYBVFWOOAUOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UNSHUOWKVQNPRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=C(C)C=NC(CN2N=C(C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(Cl)N=C(N)N=C32)=C1C Chemical compound COC1=C(C)C=NC(CN2N=C(C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(Cl)N=C(N)N=C32)=C1C UNSHUOWKVQNPRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MNIRHXPEAFXWSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(=O)C1=C(Cl)N=C(N)N=C1Cl Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=C(Cl)N=C(N)N=C1Cl MNIRHXPEAFXWSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CWEUDDNPYODWKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)C1=NNC2=NC(N)=NC(Cl)=C21 Chemical compound CC(C)C1=NNC2=NC(N)=NC(Cl)=C21 CWEUDDNPYODWKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BALBDDYDESJRQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(Cl)C(C)=C(CN2N=C(C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(Cl)N=C(N)N=C32)[N+]([O-])=C1 Chemical compound CC1=C(Cl)C(C)=C(CN2N=C(C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(Cl)N=C(N)N=C32)[N+]([O-])=C1 BALBDDYDESJRQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWRBOGKDXKOWSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(Cl)C(C)=C(CN2N=CC3=C2N=C(N)N=C3Cl)N=C1 Chemical compound CC1=C(Cl)C(C)=C(CN2N=CC3=C2N=C(N)N=C3Cl)N=C1 KWRBOGKDXKOWSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TUZMNMSVFUFYEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CN=C(CN2N=CC3=C2N=C(N)N=C3Cl)C(C)=C1Br Chemical compound CC1=CN=C(CN2N=CC3=C2N=C(N)N=C3Cl)C(C)=C1Br TUZMNMSVFUFYEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FKKLWVKZRWSEER-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C[N+]([O-])=C(CN2N=CC3=C2N=C(N)N=C3Cl)C(C)=C1Br Chemical compound CC1=C[N+]([O-])=C(CN2N=CC3=C2N=C(N)N=C3Cl)C(C)=C1Br FKKLWVKZRWSEER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRKCSYXYGRQCHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=NNC2=NC(N)=NC(Cl)=C12 Chemical compound CC1=NNC2=NC(N)=NC(Cl)=C12 LRKCSYXYGRQCHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IKGRZHVFOMUXCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=C(C)C(CN2N=CC3=C(Cl)/N=C(N)\N=C\32)=NC=C1C Chemical compound COC1=C(C)C(CN2N=CC3=C(Cl)/N=C(N)\N=C\32)=NC=C1C IKGRZHVFOMUXCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LLADMNDTEVYVBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=C(C)C(Cl)=NC(CCl)=C1C.COC1=C(C)C=N(O)C(CCl)=C1C.COC1=C(C)C=NC(CCl)=C1C.O=P(Cl)(Cl)Cl Chemical compound COC1=C(C)C(Cl)=NC(CCl)=C1C.COC1=C(C)C=N(O)C(CCl)=C1C.COC1=C(C)C=NC(CCl)=C1C.O=P(Cl)(Cl)Cl LLADMNDTEVYVBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JFQFIZJFVWLVSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=C(C)C(Cl)=NC(CN2N=CC3=C2N=C(N)N=C3Cl)=C1C Chemical compound COC1=C(C)C(Cl)=NC(CN2N=CC3=C2N=C(N)N=C3Cl)=C1C JFQFIZJFVWLVSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XPSHNJMDSCCHHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=C(C)C=[N+]([O-])C(CN2N=CC3=C2N=C(N)N=C3Cl)=C1C Chemical compound COC1=C(C)C=[N+]([O-])C(CN2N=CC3=C2N=C(N)N=C3Cl)=C1C XPSHNJMDSCCHHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NCDMECAHAYJSTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=CC(CN2N=C(C)C3=C(Cl)N=C(N)N=C32)=CC(OC)=C1OC Chemical compound COC1=CC(CN2N=C(C)C3=C(Cl)N=C(N)N=C32)=CC(OC)=C1OC NCDMECAHAYJSTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYBBSLFJNIOTQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N NC1=NC(Cl)=C2C(=N1)NN=C2C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound NC1=NC(Cl)=C2C(=N1)NN=C2C1=CC=CC=C1 FYBBSLFJNIOTQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
- C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
- A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/04—Drugs for skeletal disorders for non-specific disorders of the connective tissue
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
- A61P31/16—Antivirals for RNA viruses for influenza or rhinoviruses
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
- A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
- A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
- C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D473/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D473/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems
- C07D473/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems with oxygen, sulphur, or nitrogen atoms directly attached in positions 2 and 6
- C07D473/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems with oxygen, sulphur, or nitrogen atoms directly attached in positions 2 and 6 one oxygen and one nitrogen atom, e.g. guanine
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D473/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems
- C07D473/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems with oxygen, sulphur, or nitrogen atoms directly attached in positions 2 and 6
- C07D473/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems with oxygen, sulphur, or nitrogen atoms directly attached in positions 2 and 6 one nitrogen and one sulfur atom
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D473/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems
- C07D473/26—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems with an oxygen, sulphur, or nitrogen atom directly attached in position 2 or 6, but not in both
- C07D473/32—Nitrogen atom
Definitions
- the invention relates in general to pyrazolopyrimidines and their related analogs and their broad-spectrum utility, e.g., in inhibiting heat shock protein 90 (HSP90) to thereby treat or prevent HSP90-mediated diseases.
- HSP90 heat shock protein 90
- HSP90s are ubiquitous chaperone proteins that are involved in folding, activation and assembly of a wide range of proteins, including key proteins involved in signal transduction, cell cycle control and transcriptional regulation.
- HSP90 chaperone proteins are associated with important signaling proteins, such as steroid hormone receptors and protein kinases, including, e.g., Raf-1, EGFR, v-Src family kinases, Cdk4, and ErbB-2 (Buchner J. TIBS 1999, 24, 136-141; Stepanova, L. et al. Genes Dev. 1996, 10, 1491-502; Dai, K. et al. J. Biol. Chem. 1996, 271, 22030-4).
- HSP70 e.g., HSP70, p60/Hop/Sti1, Hip, Bag1, HSP40/Hdj2/Hsj1, immunophilins, p23, and p50
- HSP90 may assist HSP90 in its function (see, e.g., Caplan, A. Trends in Cell Biol. 1999, 9, 262-68).
- Ansamycin antibiotics e.g., herbimycin A (HA), geldanamycin (GM), and 17-allylaminogeldanamycin (17-AAG) are thought to exert their anticancerous effects by tight binding of the N-terminus pocket of HSP90, thereby destabilizing substrates that normally interact with HSP90 (Stebbins, C. et al. Cell 1997, 89, 239-250).
- This pocket is highly conserved and has weak homology to the ATP-binding site of DNA gyrase (Stebbins, C. et al., suprau; Grenert, J. P. et al. J. Biol. Chem. 1997, 272, 23843-50).
- ATP and ADP have both been shown to bind this pocket with low affinity and to have weak ATPase activity (Proromou, C. et al. Cell 1997, 90, 65-75; Panaretou, B. et al. EMBO J. 1998, 17, 4829-36).
- In vitro and in vivo studies have demonstrated that occupancy of this N-terminal pocket by ansamycins and other HSP90 inhibitors alters HSP90 function and inhibits protein folding.
- ansamycins and other HSP90 inhibitors have been shown to prevent binding of protein substrates to HSP90 (Scheibel, T. H. et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
- the substrates are degraded by a ubiquitin-dependent process in the proteasome (Schneider, C. L., supra; Sepp-Lorenzino, L., et al. J. Biol. Chem. 1995, 270, 16580-16587; Whitesell, L. et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1994, 91, 8324-8328).
- HSP90 substrate destabilization occurs in tumor and non-transformed cells alike and has been shown to be especially effective on a subset of signaling regulators, e.g., Raf (Schulte, T. W. et al. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 1997, 239, 655-9; Schulte, T. W., et al. J. Biol. Chem. 1995, 270, 24585-8), nuclear steroid receptors (Segnitz, B.; U. Gehring J. Biol. Chem. 1997, 272, 18694-18701; Smith, D. F. et al. Mol. Cell. Biol.
- Ansamycins thus hold great promise for the treatment and/or prevention of many types of cancers and proliferative disorders, and also hold promise as traditional antibiotics.
- their relative insolubility makes them difficult to formulate and administer, and they are not easily synthesized and currently must, at least in part, be generated through fermentation.
- the dose limiting toxicity of ansamycins is hepatic.
- HSP90 inhibitors have also been implicated in a wide variety of other utilities, including use as anti-inflammation agents, anti-infectious disease agents, agents for treating autoimmunity, agents for treating stroke, ischemia, multiple sclerosis, cardiac disorders, central nervous system related disorders and agents useful in promoting nerve regeneration (See, e.g., Rosen et al. WO 02/09696 (PCT/US01/23640); Degranco et al. WO 99/51223 (PCT/US99/07242); Gold, U.S. Pat. No. 6,210,974 B1; DeFranco et al., U.S. Pat. No. 6,174,875.
- fibrogenetic disorders including but not limited to scleroderma, polymyositis, systemic lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, liver cirrhosis, keloid formation, interstitial nephritis, and pulmonary fibrosis also may be treatable with HSP90 inhibitors.
- Still further HSP90 modulation, modulators and uses thereof are reported in Application Nos.
- the present invention is directed towards heterocyclic compounds, in particular towards pyrazolopyrimidines and related compounds that show broad utility, e.g., in inhibiting HSP90 and/or treating and preventing diseases that are HSP90-dependent.
- the invention comprises the heterocyclic compounds as specified below in Formulae A, I and II and compounds that are produced by a synthesis process of the invention. Also included in the scope of the present invention are stereoisomeric forms, including the individual enantiomers and diastereomers, racemic mixtures, and diastereomeric mixtures, as well as polymorphs, solvates, esters, tautomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs of these compounds.
- the invention provides compounds of Formula A, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, which show utility by inhibiting HSP90 and treating and/or preventing diseases that are HSP90-dependent.
- the invention provides compounds of Formula I, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, which show utility for inhibiting HSP90 and treating and preventing diseases that are HSP90-dependent, wherein:
- R 11 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl
- the invention provides compounds of Formula II, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, which show utility for inhibiting HSP90 and treating and/or preventing diseases that are HSP90-dependent, wherein:
- the invention provides compounds, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, which show utility for inhibiting HSP90 and treating and/or preventing diseases that are HSP90-dependent, that are prepared by the process comprising:
- the present invention is directed to pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds of the invention, in particular, the compounds of Formulae A, I and II, and compounds formed by the process of the invention, and their polymorphs, solvates, esters, tautomers, diastereomer, enantiomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof, and one or more pharmaceutical excipients, for use in treatment or prevention of diseases that are HSP90-dependent.
- the invention features a method of treating an individual having an HSP90-mediated disorder by administering to the individual a pharmaceutical composition that comprises a pharmaceutically effective amount of a compound of Formula A, I or II, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, enantiomers pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
- the invention provides a method for treating an individual having a disorder selected from the group of inflammatory diseases, infections, autoimmune disorders, stroke, ischemia, cardiac disorders, neurological disorders, fibrogenetic disorders, proliferative disorders, tumors, leukemias, neoplasms, cancers, carcinomas, metabolic diseases, and malignant disease.
- the invention provides a method for treating an individual having a fibrogenetic disorder, such as, for example, scleroderma, polymyositis, systemic lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, liver cirrhosis, keloid formation, interstitial nephritis and pulmonary fibrosis.
- a fibrogenetic disorder such as, for example, scleroderma, polymyositis, systemic lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, liver cirrhosis, keloid formation, interstitial nephritis and pulmonary fibrosis.
- the invention provides a combination therapy comprising the administration of a pharmaceutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I or Formula II, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt and prodrug thereof, according to any of the preceding aspects or embodiments, and at least one therapeutic agent selected from the group of cytotoxic agents, anti-angiogenesis agents and anti-neoplastic agents.
- the anti-neoplastic agent may be selected from the group of alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, epidophyllotoxins antineoplastic enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, procarbazines, mitoxantrones, platinum coordination complexes, biological response modifiers and growth inhibitors, hormonal/anti-hormonal therapeutic agents, and haematopoietic growth factors.
- Advantages of the invention depend on the specific aspect and embodiment and may include one or more of: ease of synthesis and/or formulation, solubility, and IC 50 relative to previously existing compounds in the same or different classes of HSP90 inhibitors.
- a “pharmaceutically acceptable derivative or prodrug” means any pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, salt of an ester or other derivative of a compound of this invention, which, upon administration to a recipient, is capable of providing, either directly or indirectly, a compound of this invention or a pharmaceutically active metabolite or residue thereof.
- Particularly favored derivatives or prodrugs are those that increase the bioavailability of the compounds of this invention when such compounds are administered to a patient (e.g., by allowing orally administered compound to be more readily absorbed into blood) or which enhance delivery of the parent compound to a biological compartment (e.g., the brain or lymphatic system).
- a “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” may be prepared for any compound of the invention having a functionality capable of forming a salt, for example, an acid or base functionality.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be derived from organic or inorganic acids and bases.
- Compounds of the invention that contain one or more basic functional groups, e.g., amino or alkylamino, are capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable organic and inorganic acids.
- These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention, or by separately reacting a purified compound of the invention in its free base form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid, and isolating the salt thus formed.
- Suitable acid salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, citrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptanoate, glycerophosphate, glycolate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, lactate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-napthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oxalate, palmoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, prop
- compositions of the present invention that contain one or more acidic functional groups are capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable bases.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salts refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic base addition salts of compounds of the present invention. These salts can likewise be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds, or by separately reacting the purified compound in its free acid form with a suitable base, such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation, with ammonia, or with a pharmaceutically acceptable organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine.
- suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation, with ammonia, or with a pharmaceutically acceptable organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine.
- alkali or alkaline earth salts include the lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum salts and the like.
- Illustrative examples of some of the bases that can be used include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, choline hydroxide, sodium carbonate, N + (C 1-4 alkyl) 4 , and the like.
- Representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylamine, diethylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine and the like.
- This invention also envisions the quaternization of any basic nitrogen-containing groups of the compounds disclosed herein. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products may be obtained by such quaternization. See, for example, Berge et al., supra.
- prodrugs of the compounds of this invention include, but are not limited to, esters, carbonates, thiocarbonates, N-acyl derivatives, N-acyloxyalkyl derivatives, quaternary derivatives of tertiary amines, N-Mannich bases, Schiff bases, aminoacid conjugates, phosphate esters, metal salts and sulfonate esters.
- Suitable positions for derivatization of the compounds of the invention to create “prodrugs” include but are not limited, 2-amino substitution. Those of ordinary skill in the art have the knowledge and means to accomplish this without undue experimentation. Various forms of prodrugs are well known in the art. For examples of such prodrug derivatives, see, e.g.,
- Bundgaard H. “Design and Application of Prodrugs” in A Textbook of Drug Design and Development , Krosgaard-Larsen and H. Bundgaard, Ed., 1991, Chapter 5, p. 113-191; and
- prodrugs as employed herein includes, but is not limited to, the following groups and combinations of these groups:
- Disulfide containing esters Disulfide containing esters.
- alkyl refers to an optionally substituted straight-chain, or optionally substituted branched-chain saturated hydrocarbon radical having from one to thirty carbons, more preferably one to twelve carbons.
- alkyl radicals include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, tert-amyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl and the like.
- cycloalkyl embraces cyclic alkyl radicals which include monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, and higher multicyclic alkyl radicals wherein each cyclic moiety has from three to eight carbon atoms.
- examples of cycloalkyl radicals include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like.
- a “lower alkyl” is a shorter alkyl, e.g., one containing from one to six carbon atoms.
- alkenyl refers to an optionally substituted straight-chain, or optionally substituted branched-chain hydrocarbon radical having one or more carbon-carbon double-bonds and having from two to thirty carbon atoms, more preferably two to eighteen carbons.
- alkenyl radicals include ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, 1,3-butadienyl and the like.
- cycloalkenyl refers to cyclic alkenyl radicals which include monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, and higher multicyclic alkenyl radicals wherein each cyclic moiety has from three to eight carbon atoms.
- a “lower alkenyl” refers to an alkenyl having from two to six carbons.
- alkynyl refers to an optionally substituted straight-chain or optionally substituted branched-chain hydrocarbon radical having one or more carbon-carbon triple-bonds and having from two to thirty carbon atoms, more preferably from two to twelve carbon atoms, from two to six carbon atoms as well as those having from two to four carbon atoms.
- alkynyl radicals include ethynyl, 2-propynyl, 2-butynyl, 1,3-butadiynyl and the like.
- cycloalkynyl refers to cyclic alkynyl radicals which include monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, and higher multicyclic alkynyl radicals wherein each cyclic moiety has from three to eight carbon atoms.
- a “lower alkynyl” refers to an alkynyl having from two to six carbons.
- heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl and heteroalkynyl include optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl structures, as described above, and which have one or more skeletal chain atoms selected from an atom other than carbon, e.g., oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorous or combinations thereof.
- carbon chain embraces any alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, or heteroalkynyl group, which are linear, cyclic, or any combination thereof. If the chain is part of a linker and that linker comprises one or more rings as part of the core backbone, for purposes of calculating chain length, the “chain” only includes those carbon atoms that compose the bottom or top of a given ring and not both, and where the top and bottom of the ring(s) are not equivalent in length, the shorter distance shall be used in determining the chain length. If the chain contains heteroatoms as part of the backbone, those atoms are not calculated as part of the carbon chain length.
- membered ring can embrace any cyclic structure, including aromatic, heteroaromatic, alicyclic, heterocyclic and polycyclic fused ring systems as described below.
- membered is meant to denote the number of skeletal atoms that constitute the ring.
- pyridine, pyran, and pyrimidine are six-membered rings and pyrrole, tetrahydrofuran, and thiophene are five-membered rings.
- aryl refers to an optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon radical of six to twenty ring atoms, and includes mono-aromatic rings and fused aromatic ring.
- a fused aromatic ring radical contains from two to four fused rings where the ring of attachment is an aromatic ring, and the other individual rings within the fused ring may be aromatic, heteroaromatic, alicyclic or heterocyclic.
- aryl includes mono-aromatic ring and fused aromatic rings containing from six to twelve carbon atoms, as well as those containing from six to ten carbon atoms.
- aryl groups include, without limitation, phenyl, naphthyl, anthryl, chrysenyl, and benzopyrenyl ring systems.
- lower aryl refers to an aryl having six to ten skeletal ring carbons, e.g., phenyl and naphthyl ring systems.
- heteroaryl refers to optionally substituted aromatic radicals containing from five to twenty skeletal ring atoms and where one or more of the ring atoms is a heteroatom such as, for example, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, selenium and phosphorus.
- heteroaryl includes optionally substituted mono-heteroaryl radicals and fused heteroaryl radicals having at least one heteroatom (e.g., quinoline, benzothiazole).
- a fused heteroaryl radical may contain from two to four fused rings and where the ring of attachment is a heteroaromatic ring, the other individual rings within the fused ring system may be aromatic, heteroaromatic, alicyclic or heterocyclic.
- heteroaryl also includes monorheteroaryls or fused heteroaryls having from five to twelve skeletal ring atoms, as well as those having from five to ten skeletal ring atoms.
- heteroaryls include, without limitation, furanyl, benzofuranyl, chromenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, pyridyl-N-oxide, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzothiozole, benzimidazole, benzoxazoles, benzothiadiazole, benzoxadiazole, benzotriazole, quinolines, isoquinolines, indolyl, purinyl, indolizinyl, thienyl and the like and their oxides.
- lower heteroaryl refers to a heteroaryl having five to ten skeletal ring atoms, e.g., pyridyl, thienyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolyl, or furanyl.
- alicyclic alone or in combination, refers to an optionally substituted saturated or unsaturated nonaromatic hydrocarbon ring system containing from three to twenty ring atoms.
- the term alicyclic includes mono-alicyclic and fused alicyclic radicals.
- a fused alicyclic may contain from two to four fused rings where the ring of attachment is an alicyclic ring, and the other individual rings within the fused-alicyclic radical may be aromatic, heteroaromatic, alicyclic and heterocyclic.
- the term alicyclic also includes mono-alicyclic and fused alicyclic radicals containing from three to twelve carbon atoms, as well as those containing from three to ten carbon atoms.
- alicyclics include, without limitation, cyclopropyl, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclodecyl, cyclododecyl, cyclopentadienyl, indanyl, and cyclooctatetraenyl ring systems.
- the term “lower alicyclic” refers to an alicyclic having three to ten skeletal ring carbons, e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, decalinyl, and cyclohexyl.
- heterocyclic refers to optionally substituted saturated or unsaturated nonaromatic ring radicals containing from five to twenty ring atoms where one or more of the ring atoms are heteroatoms such as, for example, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, and phosphorus.
- alicyclic includes mono-heterocyclic and fused heterocyclic ring radicals.
- a fused heterocyclic radical may contain from two to four fused rings where the attaching ring is a heterocyclic, and the other individual rings within the fused heterocyclic radical may be aromatic, heteroaromatic, alicyclic or heterocyclic.
- heterocyclic also includes mono-heterocyclic and fused alicyclic radicals having from five to twelve skeletal ring atoms, as well as those having from five to ten skeletal ring atoms.
- Example of heterocyclics include without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, benzodiazepinyl, tetrahydroindazolyl, dihyroquinolinyl, and the like.
- the term “lower heterocyclic” refers to a heterocyclic ring system having five to ten skeletal ring atoms, e.g., dihydropyranyl, pyrrolidinyl, indolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, and the like.
- alkylaryl or “araalkyl,” alone or in combination, refers to an aryl radical as defined above in which one H atom is replaced by an alkyl radical as defined above, such as, for example, tolyl, xylyl and the like.
- arylalkyl refers to an alkyl radical as defined above in which one H atom is replaced by an aryl radical as defined above, such as, for example, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl and the like.
- heteroarylalkyl refers to an alkyl radical as defined above in which one H atom is replaced by a heteroaryl radical as defined above, each of which may be optionally substituted.
- alkoxy refers to an alkyl ether radical, alkyl-O—, wherein the term alkyl is defined as above.
- alkoxy radicals include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy and the like.
- aryloxy refers to an aryl ether radical wherein the term aryl is defined as above.
- aryloxy radicals include phenoxy, benzyloxy and the like.
- alkylthio refers to an alkyl thio radical, alkyl-S—, wherein the term alkyl is as defined above.
- arylthio refers to an aryl thio radical, aryl-S—, wherein the term aryl is as defined above.
- heteroarylthio refers to the group heteroaryl-S—, wherein the term heteroaryl is as defined above.
- acyl refers to a radical —C(O)R where R includes alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic, arylalkyl or heteroaryl alkyl groups may be optionally substituted.
- acyloxy refers to the ester group —OC(O)R, where R is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl may be optionally substituted.
- carboxy esters refers to —C(O)OR where R is alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl, wherein the alkyl, aryl and arylalkyl groups may be optionally substituted.
- R and R′ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic, arylalkyl and heteroarylalkyl, wherein the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic, or arylalkyl groups may be optionally substituted.
- halogen includes F, Cl, Br and I.
- haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl and haloalkoxy include alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl and alkoxy structures, as described above, that are substituted with one or more fluorines, chlorines, bromines or iodines, or with combinations thereof.
- perhaloalkyl, perhaloalkyloxy and perhaloacyl refer to alkyl, alkyloxy and acyl radicals as described above, that all the H atoms are substituted with fluorines, chlorines, bromines or iodines, or combinations thereof.
- cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic, alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, and heteroalkyl include optionally substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic, alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl and heteroalkyl groups.
- alkylamino refers to the group —NHR where R is independently selected from alkyl.
- dialkylamino refers to the group —NRR′ where R and R′ are alkyls.
- sulfuride refers to a sulfur atom covalently linked to two atoms; the formal oxidation state of said sulfur is (II).
- thioether may be used interchangeably with the term “sulfide.”
- sulfoxide refers to a sulfur atom covalently linked to three atoms, at least one of which is an oxygen atom; the formal oxidation state of said sulfur atom is (IV).
- sulfurone refers to a sulfur atom covalently linked to four atoms, at least two of which are oxygen atoms; the formal oxidation state of said sulfur atom is (VI).
- aryl optionally mono- or di-substituted with an alkyl means that the alkyl may but need not be present, or either one alkyl or two may be present, and the description includes situations where the aryl is substituted with one or two alkyls and situations where the aryl is not substituted with an alkyl.
- “Optionally substituted” groups may be substituted or unsubstituted.
- the substituents of an “optionally substituted” group may include, without limitation, one or more substituents independently selected from the following groups or designated subsets thereof: lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, lower alkoxy, lower aryloxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, diarylalkylamino, alkylthio, arylthio, heteroarylthio, oxo, oxa, carbonyl (—C(O)), carboxyesters (—C(O)OR), carboxamido (—C(O)NH 2 ), carboxy, acyloxy, —H, halo, —CN, —NO 2 , —N 3 , —SH, —OH, —C(O)
- An optionally substituted group may be unsubstituted (e.g., —CH 2 CH 3 ), fully substituted (e.g., —CF 2 CF 3 ), monosubstituted (e.g., —CH 2 CH 2 F) or substituted at a level anywhere in-between fully substituted and monosubstituted (e.g., —CH 2 CF 3 ).
- pyridine-1-oxy also means “pyridine-N-oxy.”
- Some of the compounds of the present invention may contain one or more chiral centers and therefore may exist in enantiomeric and diastereomeric forms.
- the scope of the present invention is intended to cover all isomers per se, as well as mixtures of cis and trans isomers, mixtures of diastereomers and racemic mixtures of enantiomers (optical isomers) as well. Further, it is possible using well known techniques to separate the various forms, and some embodiments of the invention may feature purified or enriched species of a given enantiomer or diastereomer.
- a “pharmacological composition” refers to a mixture of one or more of the compounds described herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, with other chemical components, such as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and/or excipients.
- the purpose of a pharmacological composition is to facilitate administration of a compound to an organism.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carrier means a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting the subject agent from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body.
- a pharmaceutically-acceptable material such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting the subject agent from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body.
- Each carrier must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the patient.
- materials which can serve as pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydrox
- excipient refers to an inert substance added to a pharmacological composition to further facilitate administration of a compound.
- excipients include but are not limited to calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, various sugars and types of starch, cellulose derivatives, gelatin, vegetable oils and polyethylene glycols.
- a “pharmaceutically effective amount” means an amount which is capable of providing a therapeutic and/or prophylactic effect.
- the specific dose of compound administered according to this invention to obtain therapeutic and/or prophylactic effect will, of course, be determined by the particular circumstances surrounding the case, including, for example, the specific compound administered, the route of administration, the condition being treated, and the individual being treated.
- a typical daily dose (administered in single or divided doses) will contain a dosage level of from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50-100 mg/kg of body weight of an active compound of the invention.
- Preferred daily doses generally will be from about 0.05 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg and ideally from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg.
- Factors such as clearance rate, half-life and maximum tolerated dose (MTD) have yet to be determined but one of ordinary skill in the art can determine these using standard procedures.
- the preferred therapeutic effect is the inhibition, to some extent, of the growth of cells characteristic of a proliferative disorder, e.g., breast cancer.
- a therapeutic effect will also normally, but need not, relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms other than cell growth or size of cell mass.
- a therapeutic effect may include, for example, one or more of 1) a reduction in the number of cells; 2) a reduction in cell size; 3) inhibition (i.e., slowing to some extent, preferably stopping) of cell infiltration into peripheral organs, e.g., in the instance of cancer metastasis; 3) inhibition (i.e., slowing to some extent, preferably stopping) of tumor metastasis; 4) inhibition, to some extent, of cell growth; and/or 5) relieving to some extent one or more of the symptoms associated with the disorder.
- IC 50 refers to an amount, concentration or dosage of a particular test compound that achieves a 50% inhibition of a maximal response in an assay that measures such response.
- the “IC 50 ” value of a compound of the invention can be greater for normal cells than for cells exhibiting a proliferative disorder, e.g., breast cancer cells. The value depends on the assay used.
- a “standard” is meant a positive or negative control.
- a negative control in the context of HER2 expression levels is, e.g., a sample possessing an amount of HER2 protein that correlates with a normal cell.
- a negative control may also include a sample that contains no HER2 protein.
- a positive control does contain HER2 protein, preferably of an amount that correlates with overexpression as found in proliferative disorders, e.g., breast cancers.
- the controls may be from cell or tissue samples, or else contain purified ligand (or absent ligand), immobilized or otherwise. In some embodiments, one or more of the controls may be in the form of a diagnostic “dipstick.”
- selective targeting is meant affecting one type of cell to a greater extent than another, e.g., in the case of cells with high as opposed to relatively low or normal HER2 levels.
- One embodiment of the compounds of the invention is of Formula A: or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein:
- R 1 is halogen, —OR 8 , —SR 8 , or lower alkyl
- R 2 is —NR 8 R 10 ;
- the compound is not one found or described in one or more of JP 10025294; U.S. Pat. No. 4,748,177; U.S. Pat. No. 4,748,177; U.S. Pat. No. 6,369,092; WO 00/06573; WO 02/055521; WO 02/055082; WO 02/055083 ; Eur. J. Med. Chem., 1994, 29(1), 3-9; and J. Het. Chem. 1990, 27(5), 1409;
- R 4 R 5 is not a ribose or derivative thereof, or a sugar or derivative thereof;
- R 4 R 5 is not a phosphonate or phosphonic acid, or a group substituted with a phosphonate or phosphonic acid
- X 1 and X 2 are the same or different and each is nitrogen or —CR 6 ;
- R 1 is halogen, —OR 8 , —SR 8 , or lower alkyl;
- R 2 is —NR 8 R 10 ;
- R 3 is hydrogen, —OH or keto tautomer, —OR 8 , halogen, —CN, lower alkyl, or —C(O)R 9 ;
- R 5 is alkyl, aromatic, heteroaromatic, alicyclic, heterocyclic, each of which is optionally bi- or tricyclic, and optionally substituted with H, halogen, lower alkyl, —SR 8 , —OR 8 , —CN, —CO 2 R 9
- R 1 is selected from halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, lower thioalkyl and C 1-4 alkyl; and R 2 is —NH 2 ; and R 3 is hydrogen.
- R 1 is selected from halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, lower thioalkyl or C 1-4 alkyl; optionally, R 2 is —NH 2 .
- R 4 is —CH 2 —.
- R 1 is halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, lower thioalkyl, or C 1-4 alkyl; and R 2 is optionally NH 2 , R 4 is —(CH 2 )—, and R 5 is phenyl, benzyl, or pyridyl, all optionally substituted with H, halogen, lower alkyl, —SR 8 , —OR 8 (or cyclic ethers such as methylenedioxy), —CN, —CO 2 R 9 , —NO 2 , or —NR 8 R 10 ; R 8 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower aryl or —(CO)R 9 ; R 9 is lower alkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, —NR 8 R 10 or —OR 11 ; R 11 is lower alkyl or lower aryl; and R 10 is hydrogen or lower alkyl.
- R 1 is halogen
- R 2 is —NH 2
- R 4 is —CH 2 —
- R 6 is H or halogen
- R 5 is phenyl optionally substituted with H, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 alkylthio, perhaloalkyl, perhaloalkyloxy, —CN, —NO 2 , —NH 2 or —CO 2 R 11 .
- R 1 is halogen
- R 1 is —NH 2
- R 4 is —CH 2 —
- R 6 is H
- R 5 is 2-halo-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl optionally substituted with H, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 alkylthio, perhaloalkyl, perhaloalkyloxy, —CN, —NO 2 , —NH 2 , or —CO 2 R 11 at the para (4-) position.
- R 1 is chloro
- R 2 is —NH 2
- R 4 is —CH 2 —
- R 6 is H
- R 5 is 2-chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl.
- R 1 is chloro
- R 2 is —NH 2
- R 4 is —CH 2 —
- R 6 is H
- R 5 is 2-bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl.
- R 5 is selected from 2-iodo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl, 2-fluoro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl, or 2-bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl.
- the invention provides compounds of Formula A1: or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein
- R 1 is halogen, —ORS, —SR 8 or lower alkyl
- R 1 is halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, lower thioalkyl, or C 1-4 alkyl; and R 2 is NH 2 .
- R 1 is halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, lower thioalkyl, or C 1-4 alkyl;
- R 2 is NH 2 ; and
- R 1 is halogen; R 2 is NH 2 ; and R 4 is —CH 2 —.
- Another embodiment of the compounds of the invention is of Formula I: or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein:
- R 1 is halogen or lower alkyl
- R 2 is —NHR 8 , where R 8 is hydrogen or —C(O)R 9
- R 5 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl groups is monocyclic or bicyclic.
- R 2 is —NH 2 ;
- R 3 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —SR 8 , —OR 8 , —CN, —NR 8 R 10 , lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower perhaloalkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, lower alicyclic, and lower heterocyclic, wherein R 8 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl, and wherein R 8 and R 10 when taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N; and R 5 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl groups is monocyclic or bi
- R 1 is halogen or lower alkyl
- R 2 is —NH 2
- R 4 is —(CH 2 )—
- R 5 is aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic or heterocyclic, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl alicyclic or heterocyclic groups is monocyclic or bicyclic.
- R 1 is halogen;
- R 2 is —NH 2 ;
- R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, —SR 8 , —OR 8 , lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower perhaloalkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, or —NR 8 R 10 , wherein R 8 and R 10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
- R 4 is —CH 2 —;
- R 5 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl groups is monocyclic or bicyclic.
- R 1 is halogen;
- R 2 is —NH 2 ;
- R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, —SR 8 , —OR 8 , lower alkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, or —NR 8 R 10 , wherein R 8 and R 10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
- R 4 is —CH 2 —; and
- R 5 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl groups is monocyclic or bicyclic.
- R 1 is chloro or bromo; and R 5 is a phenyl having 3 to 5 substituents.
- R 1 is chloro or bromo; and R 5 is a pyridyl having 3 to 5 substituents.
- R 1 is chloro or bromo; and R 5 is an 1-oxy-pyridyl (N-oxy-pyridyl) having 3 to 5 substituents.
- Another embodiment of the compounds of the invention is of Formula II: or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein:
- R 11 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl;
- R 2 is —NHR 8 , where R 8 is hydrogen or —C(O)R 9 ; R 5 is aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, or heterocyclic, all optionally mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic; and R 9 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl.
- R 1 is halogen or lower alkyl
- R 2 is —NHR 8 , where R 8 is hydrogen or —C(O)R 9
- R 4 is —(CH 2 )—
- R 5 is aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, or heterocyclic, all optionally mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic.
- R 1 is chloro or bromo
- R 2 is —NH 2
- R 5 is a phenyl having 3 to 5 substituents.
- R 1 is chloro or bromo
- R 2 is —NH 2
- R 5 is a pyridyl having 3 to 5 substituents.
- R 1 is chloro or bromo
- R 2 is —NH 2
- R 5 is an 1-oxy-pyridyl (N-oxy-pyridyl) having 3 to 5 substituents.
- R 5 is aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, or heterocyclic, optionally mono- or bicyclic.
- L 1 is —Cl, —Br or —NH 2 ;
- R 4 is —CH 2 —; and
- R 5 is aryl or heteroaryl.
- Y is a pyrazolopyrimidine.
- reaction is performed in a solvent comprising a member selected from the group of DMF, THF and DMSO.
- reaction is performed in a solvent that comprises DMF.
- the more preferred compounds are 242, 243, 245, 246, 247, 248, 267, 268, 287, 288, 312, 313, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 365, 369, 398, 417, 431, 432, 433, 434, 435, 436, 437, 438, 450, 451, 464, 465, 483, and 484.
- the compounds the present invention may be synthesized by various methods known in the art, including those described in, for example, Gillespie, WO 02/055082; Dempcy, US Publication No. U.S. 2003/0078413.
- a general strategy is outlined in Scheme 1 and consists of three parts: (1) constructing the bicyclic system, starting from either a pyridine or a pyrazole, (2) appending the —R 4 —R 5 group, and (3) further elaborating the ring systems.
- sequence of events is not necessarily (1)-(2)-(3), and that these events may be interchanged, provided there is no incompatibility between the reagents and the functional groups specific to the point in case.
- the compounds of Formula 3 can be prepared from pyrimidines as outlined in Scheme 2. For instance:
- the compound of Formula 3, wherein R 6 is —Cl, R 7 is —NH 2 , and R 3 is —H, is readily prepared by treating 2-amino-4,6-dichloro-pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde (Formula 1) with hydrazine, see, F. Seela, Heterocycles 1985, 23, 2521; F. Seela, Helv. Chim. Acta 1986, 69, 1602; and R. O. Dempcy, WO 03/022859.
- the compounds of Formula 3, wherein R 6 is Cl, R 7 is NH 2 and R 3 is alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl have not been previously reported. They can be made by converting a compound of Formula 1 to a compound of Formula 5 in two steps: i) Nucleophilic addition to the carbonyl group; and ii) Oxidation of the resulting alcohol. In a subsequent step, the compound of Formula 5 is converted to the compound of Formula 3 by reaction with hydrazine, or an equivalent thereof.
- the compounds of Formula 3 wherein R 3 is NH 2 can be obtained by treatment of a nitrile of Formula 6 with hydrazine (See, A. M. El-Reedy, Phosphorus, Sulfur, Silicon, Relat. Elem. 1989, 42, 231).
- the compounds of Formula 3 wherein R 3 is OH can be obtained by treatment of a nitrile of Formula 6 with hydrazine followed by hydrolysis (See, Ciba, Patent No. UK 884,151 (1961)).
- the compounds of Formula 3 wherein R 3 is OH can be obtained by treatment of an acid, ester, or activated ester (or equivalent thereof) of Formula 7 with hydrazine (Ciba, Patent No. UK 884,151 (1961)).
- the compounds of Formula 3 can also be made from pyrazoles of Formula 2 (Scheme 3).
- Scheme 3 There are a variety of methods by which the 6-membered ring can be formed (e.g. R. J. Bontems, J. Med. Chem, 1990, 33, 2174 and references therein). For instance:
- Compounds of Formula 3 can be alkylated in the presence of a base such as K 2 CO 3 , NaH, Cs 2 CO 3 , DBU etc. with/without the presence of a catalyst such as NaI, KI, (Bu) 3 NI etc., and in a polar solvent such as DMF, THF, DMSO etc. using electrophiles such as L 1 -R 4 —R 5 where L 1 is a leaving group. Leaving groups include but are not limited to, e.g., halogen, triflate, tosylate, mesylate, triphenylphosphonium (generated under Mitsunobu conditions, e.g. PPh 3 /DEAD) etc. (See Kasibhatla, WO 03/037860)
- the electrophiles can be prepared from the substituted benzene derivatives using various methods reported in the literature, see Jerry March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, 4 th edition; Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, 1989, VCH, New York.
- L 1 is Br
- the compounds wherein L 1 is Br can be prepared by reduction of the corresponding benzoic acid or benzaldehyde, followed by halogenation.
- These benzyl derivatives can also be prepared by benzylic oxidation or benzylic halogenation. Further modification of the benzyl ring can be done before or after the pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine alkylation step.
- L 1 is NH 2
- L 1 is leaving group such as chloride, bromide, tosylate, mesylate etc. using ammonia, or with sodium azide followed by hydrogenation.
- HMPT/CCl 4 Perkin Trans 1, 1994, 923
- HMPT/NBS E. A. Veliz, Tetrahedron Lett, 2000, 41, 1695
- PPh 3 /I 2 X. Lin, Org. Letters, 2000, 2, 3497
- Compounds of Formula I, wherein R 1 is —NH 2 can be converted to halides by a Balz-Schiemann (F) or Sandmeyer reaction (Cl, Br, I) by means of a nitrosylating agent (e.g. NaNO 2 /H + , NOBF 4 , RONO) and a halogen donor (e.g. BF 4 ⁇ , CuX 2 , SbX 3 , where X is a halogen).
- a Balz-Schiemann F
- Sandmeyer reaction Cl, Br, I
- a nitrosylating agent e.g. NaNO 2 /H + , NOBF 4 , RONO
- a halogen donor e.g. BF 4 ⁇ , CuX 2 , SbX 3 , where X is a halogen
- R 1 is alkyl
- R 1 is halogen and trialkyl aluminum or dialkyl zinc (A. Holy, J. Med. Chem. 1999, 42, 2064).
- Compounds of Formula I, wherein R 1 is —NH 2 can be temporarily protected, e.g. as an amide (Ac 2 O, PivCl, (tBoc) 2 O) or a formamidine (DMF-DMA).
- Compounds of Formula I, wherein R 2 is NH 2 can be converted to halides by a Balz-Schiemann (F) or Sandmeyer reaction (Cl, Br, I) by means of a nitrosylating agent (e.g. NaNO 2 /H + , NOBF 4 , RONO) and a halogen donor (e.g. BF 4 ⁇ , CuX 2 , SbX 3 ) where X is a halogen.
- a Balz-Schiemann F
- Sandmeyer reaction Cl, Br, I
- a nitrosylating agent e.g. NaNO 2 /H + , NOBF 4 , RONO
- a halogen donor e.g. BF 4 ⁇ , CuX 2 , SbX 3
- R 2 is a halide
- R 2 is NH 2 , OH, SH, OR 8 , SR 8 with standard reagents, e.g. NH 3 , NaOH, thiourea, R 8 O ⁇ , R 8 S ⁇ , with or without a catalyst (e.g. Pd, Ni, Cu, Lewis acid, H + ).
- a catalyst e.g. Pd, Ni, Cu, Lewis acid, H + .
- R 2 is a sulfide, e.g. MeS—
- a sulfone e.g. MeSO 2 ⁇
- a nucleophile e.g. NH 3 or NH 2 —NH 2 , N 3 ⁇ , CN ⁇ .
- R 5 especially when it is aryl or heteroaryl can be further modified as needed, for example by halogenation, nitration, palladium coupling of halogen, Friedel-Crafts alkylation/acylation, etc. or these modifications can also be done before alkylation, see Jerry March, Advanced Organic Chemistry .
- the heteroaromatic rings can also be oxidized to their corresponding N-oxides using various oxidizing agents such as H 2 O 2 , O 3 , MCPBA etc. in polar solvents such as CH 2 Cl 2 , CHCl 3 , CF 3 COOH etc. See Jerry March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, 4th edition, Chapter 19. Examples of modifications are suggested in Scheme 5. 4. Permutations of the Order of Events
- the events (1) assembly of the bicyclic system (2) appendage of the R 5 —R 4 — moiety, and (3) further elaboration of the ring systems do not necessarily have to be made in the sequence of (1)-(2)-(3), and it may be beneficial to proceed in a different sequence.
- Scheme 6 shows a putative synthesis in which the order of events is not (1)-(2)-(3), but is (1)-(3)-(2).
- Scheme 7 shows a putative synthesis in which the order of events is not (1)-(2)-(3), but is (2)-(1)-(3).
- the R group is appended to a pyrimidine via an aromatic nucleophilic substitution, then the bicyclic ring system is constructed, and finally a series of functional group interconversions yields the compound of Formula I.
- R 5 is, for instance, a pyridine, it can be converted to a N-oxide either before or after alkylation.
- the present invention is directed to the clinical use of the heterocyclics, in particular, the pyrazolopyrimidines and their related analogs of Formulae A, I and II, and their polymorphs, solvates, esters, tautomers, diastereomers, enantiomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof, for use in treatment or prevention of diseases that are HSP90-dependent.
- a disorder such as inflammatory diseases, infections, autoimmune disorders, stroke, ischemia, cardiac disorder, neurological disorders, fibrogenetic disorders, proliferative disorders, tumors, leukemias, neoplasms, cancers, carcinomas, metabolic diseases, and malignant disease.
- the fibrogenetic disorders include but are not limited to scleroderma, polymyositis, systemic lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, liver cirrhosis, keloid formation, interstitial nephritis and pulmonary fibrosis.
- the present invention features pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compound of Formulae A, I and II, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, enantiomer, diastereomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or prodrug thereof, of any of the preceding aspect and embodiments and one or more pharmaceutical excipients.
- the compounds utilized in the methods of the instant invention may be administered either alone or in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients or diluents, in a pharmaceutical composition, according to standard pharmaceutical practices.
- the compounds can be administered orally or parenterally, including the intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, rectal and topical routes of administration.
- the therapeutic or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be administered locally to the area in need of treatment.
- This may be achieved by, for example, but not limited to, local infusion during surgery, topical application, e.g., cream, ointment, injection, catheter, or implant, said implant made, e.g., out of a porous, non-porous, or gelatinous material, including membranes, such as sialastic membranes, or fibers.
- the administration can also be by direct injection at the site (or former site) of a tumor or neoplastic or pre-neoplastic tissue.
- the compounds or compositions of the invention can be delivered in a vesicle, e.g., a liposome (see, for example, Langer, Science 1990, 249, 1527-1533; Treat et al., Liposomes in the Therapy of Infectious Disease and Cancer , Lopez-Bernstein and Fidler, Ed., Liss, N.Y., pp. 353-365, 1989).
- a liposome see, for example, Langer, Science 1990, 249, 1527-1533; Treat et al., Liposomes in the Therapy of Infectious Disease and Cancer , Lopez-Bernstein and Fidler, Ed., Liss, N.Y., pp. 353-365, 1989).
- the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions used in the methods of the present invention can also be delivered in a controlled release system.
- a pump may be used (see, Sefton, 1987 , CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201; Buchwald et al. Surgery, 1980, 88, 507; Saudek et al. N. Engl. J. Med. 1989, 321, (574).
- a controlled release system can be placed in proximity of the therapeutic target. (See, Goodson, Medical Applications of Controlled Release, 1984, 2, 115-138).
- compositions used in the methods of the instant invention can also contain the active ingredient in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs.
- Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions, and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets.
- excipients may be, for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, such as microcrystalline cellulose, sodium crosscarmellose, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example starch, gelatin, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example, magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc.
- the tablets may be un-coated or coated by known techniques to mask the taste of the drug or delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period.
- a water soluble taste masking material such as hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose or hydroxypropylcellulose, or a time delay material such as ethyl cellulose, or cellulose acetate butyrate may be employed as appropriate.
- Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water soluble carrier such as polyethyleneglycol or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
- an inert solid diluent for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin
- water soluble carrier such as polyethyleneglycol or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
- Aqueous suspensions contain the active material in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions.
- excipients are suspending agents, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethylene-oxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan mono
- the aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
- preservatives for example ethyl, or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate
- coloring agents for example ethyl, or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate
- flavoring agents such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
- sweetening agents such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
- Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example arachisd oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in mineral oil such as liquid paraffin.
- the oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation.
- These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as butylated hydroxyanisol or alpha-tocopherol.
- Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives.
- Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, may also be present. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
- the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions used in the methods of the instant invention may also be in the form of an oil-in-water emulsions.
- the oily phase may be a vegetable oil, for example olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, for example liquid paraffin or mixtures of these.
- Suitable emulsifying agents may be naturally-occurring phosphatides, for example soy bean lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
- the emulsions may also contain sweetening agents, flavoring agents, preservatives and antioxidants.
- Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative, flavoring and coloring agents and antioxidant.
- sweetening agents for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose.
- Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative, flavoring and coloring agents and antioxidant.
- compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous solution.
- acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
- the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable oil-in-water microemulsion where the active ingredient is dissolved in the oily phase.
- the active ingredient may be first dissolved in a mixture of soybean oil and lecithin. The oil solution then introduced into a water and glycerol mixture and processed to form a microemulsion.
- the injectable solutions or microemulsions may be introduced into a patient's blood-stream by local bolus injection.
- a continuous intravenous delivery device may be utilized.
- An example of such a device is the Deltec CADD-PLUSTM model 5400 intravenous pump.
- the pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension for intramuscular and subcutaneous administration.
- This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above.
- the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butane diol.
- sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
- any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
- fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
- compositions can be prepared by mixing the inhibitors with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug.
- suitable non-irritating excipient include cocoa butter, glycerinated gelatin, hydrogenated vegetable oils, mixtures of polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights and fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycol.
- creams, ointments, jellies, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing a compound or composition of the invention can be used.
- topical application can include mouth washes and gargles.
- the compounds used in the methods of the present invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles and delivery devices, or via transdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
- the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen.
- the methods, compounds and compositions of the instant invention may also be used in conjunction with other well known therapeutic agents that are selected for their particular usefulness against the condition that is being treated.
- the instant compounds may be useful in combination with known anti-cancer and cytotoxic agents.
- the instant methods and compounds may also be useful in combination with other inhibitors of parts of the signaling pathway that links cell surface growth factor receptors to nuclear signals initiating cellular proliferation.
- the methods of the present invention may also be useful with other agents that inhibit angiogenesis and thereby inhibit the growth and invasiveness of tumor cells, including, but not limited to VEGF receptor inhibitors, including ribozymes and antisense targeted to VEGF receptors, angiostatin and endostatin.
- VEGF receptor inhibitors including ribozymes and antisense targeted to VEGF receptors, angiostatin and endostatin.
- antineoplastic agents that can be used in combination with the compounds and methods of the present invention include, in general, and as appropriate, alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, epidophyllotoxins, antineoplastic enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, procarbazines, mitoxantrones, platinum coordination complexes, biological response modifiers and growth inhibitors, hormonal/anti-hormonal therapeutic agents and haematopoietic growth factors.
- Exemplary classes of antineoplastic include the anthracyclines, vinca drugs, mitomycins, bleomycins, cytotoxic nucleosides, epothilones, discodermolides, pteridines, diynenes and podophyllotoxins.
- Particularly useful members of those classes include, for example, carminomycin, daunorubicin, aminopterin, methotrexate, methopterin, dichloromethotrexate, mitomycin C, porfiromycin, 5-fluorouracil, 6-mercaptopurine, gemcitabine, cytosine arabinoside, podophyllotoxin or podo-phyllotoxin derivatives such as etoposide, etoposide phosphate or teniposide, melphalan, vinblastine, vincristine, leurosidine, vindesine, leurosine, paclitaxel and the like.
- antineoplastic agents include estramustine, carboplatin, cyclophosphamide, bleomycin, gemcitibine, ifosamide, melphalan, hexamethyl melamine, thiotepa, cytarabin, idatrexate, trimetrexate, dacarbazine, L-asparaginase, camptothecin, CPT-11, topotecan, ara-C, bicalutamide, flutamide, leuprolide, pyridobenzoindole derivatives, interferons and interleukins.
- the daily dosage will normally be determined by the prescribing physician with the dosage generally varying according to the age, weight, and response of the individual patient, as well as the severity of the patient's symptoms.
- a suitable amount of compound is administered to a mammal undergoing treatment for cancer, for example, breast cancer.
- Administration typically occurs in an amount of between about 0.01 mg/kg of body weight to about 100 mg/kg of body weight per day (administered in single or divided doses), more preferably at least about 0.1 mg/kg of body weight per day.
- a particular therapeutic dosage can include, e.g., from about 0.01 mg to about 1000 mg of compound, and preferably includes, e.g., from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg.
- the quantity of active compound in a unit dose of preparation may be varied or adjusted from about 0.1 mg to 1000 mg, preferably from about 1 mg to 300 mg, more preferably 10 mg to 200 mg, according to the particular application.
- the amount administered will vary depending on the particular IC 50 value of the compound used and the judgment of the attending clinician taking into consideration factors such as health, weight, and age. In combinational applications in which the compound is not the sole active ingredient, it may be possible to administer lesser amounts of compound and still have therapeutic or prophylactic effect.
- the pharmaceutical preparation is in unit dosage form.
- the preparation is subdivided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component, e.g., an effective amount to achieve the desired purpose.
- the actual dosage employed may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the severity of the condition being treated. Determination of the proper dosage for a particular situation is within the skill of the art. Generally, treatment is initiated with smaller dosages which are less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small amounts until the optimum effect under the circumstances is reached. For convenience, the total daily dosage may be divided and administered in portions during the day if desired.
- the amount and frequency of administration of the compounds and compositions of the present invention used in the methods of the present invention, and if applicable other chemotherapeutic agents and/or radiation therapy, will be regulated according to the judgment of the attending clinician (physician) considering such factors as age, condition and size of the patient as well as severity of the disease being treated.
- the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation therapy can be administered according to therapeutic protocols well known in the art. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the administration of the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation therapy can be varied depending on the disease being treated and the known effects of the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation therapy on that disease. Also, in accordance with the knowledge of the skilled clinician, the therapeutic protocols (e.g., dosage amounts and times of administration) can be varied in view of the observed effects of the administered therapeutic agents (i.e., antineoplastic agent or radiation) on the patient, and in view of the observed responses of the disease to the administered therapeutic agents.
- the administered therapeutic agents i.e., antineoplastic agent or radiation
- the compounds of the invention need not be administered in the same pharmaceutical composition as a chemotherapeutic agent, and may, because of different physical and chemical characteristics, be administered by a different route.
- the compounds/compositions may be administered orally to generate and maintain good blood levels thereof, while the chemotherapeutic agent may be administered intravenously.
- the determination of the mode of administration and the advisability of administration, where possible, in the same pharmaceutical composition, is well within the knowledge of the skilled clinician.
- the initial administration can be made according to established protocols known in the art, and then, based upon the observed effects, the dosage, modes of administration and times of administration can be modified by the skilled clinician.
- compositions of the invention may be administered concurrently (e.g., simultaneously, essentially simultaneously or within the same treatment protocol) or sequentially, depending upon the nature of the proliferative disease, the condition of the patient, and the actual choice of chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation to be administered in conjunction (i.e., within a single treatment protocol) with the compound/composition.
- the compound/composition and the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation need not be administered simultaneously or essentially simultaneously, and the initial order of administration of the compound/composition, and the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation, may not be important.
- the compounds/compositions of the invention may be administered first followed by the administration of the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation; or the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation may be administered first followed by the administration of the compounds/compositions of the invention.
- This alternate administration may be repeated during a single treatment protocol.
- the determination of the order of administration, and the number of repetitions of administration of each therapeutic agent during a treatment protocol is well within the knowledge of the skilled physician after evaluation of the disease being treated and the condition of the patient.
- the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation may be administered first, especially if it is a cytotoxic agent, and then the treatment continued with the administration of the compounds/compositions of the invention followed, where determined advantageous, by the administration of the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation, and so on until the treatment protocol is complete.
- the practicing physician can modify each protocol for the administration of a compound/composition for treatment according to the individual patient's needs, as the treatment proceeds.
- the attending clinician in judging whether treatment is effective at the dosage administered, will consider the general well-being of the patient as well as more definite signs such as relief of disease-related symptoms, inhibition of tumor growth, actual shrinkage of the tumor, or inhibition of metastasis. Size of the tumor can be measured by standard methods such as radiological studies, e.g., CAT or MRI scan, and successive measurements can be used to judge whether or not growth of the tumor has been retarded or even reversed. Relief of disease-related symptoms such as pain, and improvement in overall condition can also be used to help judge effectiveness of treatment.
- HSP90 competitive binding assays and functional assays can be performed as known in the art substituting in the compounds of the invention. Chiosis et al. Chemistry & Biology 2001, 8, 289-299, describe some of the known ways in which this can be done.
- competition binding assays using, e.g., geldanamycin or 17-AAG as a competitive binding inhibitor of HSP90 can be used to determine relative HSP90 affinity of the compounds of the invention by immobilizing the compound of interest or other competitive inhibitor on a gel or solid matrix, preincubatirg HSP90 with the other inhibitor, passing the preincubated mix over the gel or matrix, and then measuring the amount of HSP90 that retains or does not retain on the gel or matrix.
- Downstream effects can also be evaluated based on the known effect of HSP90 inhibition on function and stability of various steroid receptors and signaling proteins including, e.g., Raf1 and HER2.
- Compounds of the present invention induce dose-dependent degradation of these molecules, which can be measured using standard techniques. Inhibition of HSP90 also results in up-regulation of HSP90 and related chaperone proteins that can similarly be measured.
- Antiproliferative activity on various cancer cell lines can also be measured, as can morphological and functional differentiation related to HSP90 inhibition.
- Indirect techniques include nucleic acid hybridization and amplification using, e.g., polymerase chain reaction (PCR). These techniques are known to the person of skill and are discussed, e.g., in Sambrook, Fritsch & Maniatis Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989; Ausubel, et al. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology , John Wiley & Sons, NY, 1994, and, as specifically applied to the quantification, detection, and relative activity of HER2/Neu in patient samples, e.g., in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,699,877, 4,918,162, 4,968,603, and 5,846,749. A brief discussion of two generic techniques that can be used follows.
- HER2 expression in breast cancer cells can be determined with the use of an immunohistochemical assay, such as the Dako HercepTM test (Dako Corp., Carpinteria, Calif.).
- the HercepTM test is an antibody staining assay designed to detect HER2 overexpression in tumor tissue specimens. This particular assay grades HER2 expression into four levels: 0, 1, 2, and 3, with level 3 representing the highest level of HER2 expression.
- Accurate quantitation can be enhanced by employing an Automated Cellular Imaging System (ACIS) as described, e.g. by Press, M. et al. Modern Pathology 2000, 13, 225A.
- ACIS Automated Cellular Imaging System
- Antibodies polyclonal or monoclonal, can be purchased from a variety of commercial suppliers, or may be manufactured using well-known methods, e.g., as described in Harlow et al. Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed; Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1988.
- HER2 overexpression can also be determined at the nucleic acid level since there is a reported high correlation between overexpression of the HER2 protein and amplification of the gene that codes for it.
- One way to test this is by using RT-PCR.
- the genomic and cDNA sequences for HER2 are known.
- Specific DNA primers can be generated using standard, well-known techniques, and can then be used to amplify template already present in the cell. An example of this is described in Kurokawa, H. et al. Cancer Res. 2000, 60, 5887-5894.
- PCR can be standardized such that quantitative differences are observed as between normal and abnormal cells, e.g., cancerous and noncancerous cells.
- Well known methods employing, e.g., densitometry can be used to quantitate and/or compare nucleic acid levels amplified using PCR.
- FISH fluorescent in situ hybridization
- other assays can be used, e.g., Northern and/or Southern blotting.
- FISH fluorescent in situ hybridization
- this nucleic acid probe can be conjugated to a fluorescent molecule, e.g., fluorescein and/or rhodamine, that preferably does not interfere with hybridization, and which fluorescence can later be measured following hybridization.
- Immuno and nucleic acid detection can also be directed against proteins other than HSP90 and HER2, which proteins are nevertheless affected in response to HSP90 inhibition.
- the final compounds were usually purified by preparative TLC (silica gel 60 ⁇ , Whatman Partisil PK6F) or flash chromatography (silica gel 60 ⁇ , EMD Chemicals) using EtOAc/hexane or MeOH/CH 2 Cl 2 as eluents. Rf's were measured using silica gel TLC plates (silica gel 60 ⁇ , EMD Chemicals). Analytical HPLC chromatograms were obtained using a C18 column (Agilent Zorbax 300SB-C18; 5 microns; 4.6 mm ⁇ 150 mm).
- the samples were diluted to typically 0.1-1 mg/mL in MeOH or CH 3 CN and the injection volumes were typically 10 ⁇ L.
- the column was not heated, and UV detection was effected at 254 nm.
- 1 H-NMR spectra were recorded on a Bruker Avance 400 MHz spectrometer.
- 4-Chloro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine was prepared as described in Seela, F.; Stecker, H. Helv. Chim. Acta 1986, 69, 1602-1613.
- a suspension of the 4-Chloro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine (1 mmol), benzyl halide (1 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (1-3 mmol) in dry DMF (5 mL) was stirred at 22-70° C. for 0.5-16 h. Work-up (EtOAc) and purification by preparative TLC or flash chromatography (EtOAc/hexane or MeOH/CH 2 Cl 2 ) yielded the pure N-1 alkylated product.
- 1-(2-Amino-4,6-dichloro-pyrimidin-5-yl)-ethanol (2.0 g, 9.6 mmol) was treated with MnO 2 (20 g, 229 mmol, 24 equiv.) in 1,2-dichloroethane for 16 h at 70° C. Filtration over celite and concentration gave 1-(2-Amino-4,6-dichloro-pyrimidin-5-yl)-ethanone as a pale orange solid (1.4 g, 6.7 mmol, 71%), which was used without further purification.
- Variant 1 A solution of the aromatic compound in MeOH/THF/acetate buffer (1N in each AcOH and AcONa) was treated with Br 2 (1.3 equiv) at r.t. for 5 min. The excess bromine and solvent were removed on a rotary evaporator. Work-up (CHCl 3 ) and flash chromatography afforded the desired bromobenzene.
- Variant 2 A solution of the aromatic compound (7 mmol) and n-halosuccinimide (NCS, NBS, or NIS, 1.06 equiv) in acetic acid (40 mL) was heated to 40-90° C. for 0.3-1 h. Evaporation, work-up (EtOAc) and flash chromatography afforded the desired halogenated benzene.
- Step 3 Acetic acid 4-bromo-3,5-dimethyl-pyridin-2-yl methyl ester
- Step 4 4-Bromo-3,5-dimethyl-pyridin-2-yl methanol
- the title compound was obtained by heating 2-chloromethyl-4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine hydrochloride in toluene as described by Tarbit, et al. WO 99/10326.
- Step 2 4-bromo-2-chloromethyl-3,5-dimethyl pyridine
- rHSP90 protein Stressgen, BC, Canada, #SPP-770
- PBS phosphated buffered saline
- biotin-GM biotinylated-geldanamycin
- biotin-GM biotinylated-geldanamycin
- Relative fluorescence units was measured using a SpectraMax Gemini XS Spectrofluorometer (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, Calif.) with an excitation at 485 nm and emission at 580 nm; data was acquired using SOFTmax® PRO software (Molecular Devices Corporation, Sunnyvale, Calif.).
- the background was defined as the RFU generated from wells that were not coated with HSP90 but were treated with the biotin-GM and streptavidin-PE.
- MCF7 breast carcinoma cell lysates were prepared by douncing in lysing buffer (20 mM HEPES, pH 7.3, 1 mM EDTA, 5 mM MgCl 2 , 100 mM KCl), and then incubated with or without test compound for 30 mins at 4° C., followed by incubation with biotin-GM linked to BioMagTM streptavidin magnetic beads (Qiagen) for 1 hr at 4° C. The tubes were placed on a magnetic rack, and the unbound supernatant removed. The magnetic beads were washed three times in lysis buffer and boiled for 5 mins at 95° C. in SDS-PAGE sample buffer.
- the lysate binding ability of selected compounds of the invention based on the above assay is summarized in Table 2.
- the IC 50 reported is the concentration of test compound needed to achieve 30% inhibition of the biotin-GM binding to rHSP90 in the MCF7 cell lysates.
- MCF7 breast carcinoma cells were grown in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS) and 10 mM HEPES, and plated in 24 well plates (50% confluent). Twenty-four hrs later (cells are 65-70% confluent), test compounds were added and incubated overnight for 16 h. For the less potent compounds, the amounts added were 100 ⁇ M, 30 ⁇ M, 10 ⁇ M and 1 ⁇ M, and for more potent compounds, the amounts added were 1 ⁇ M, 0.3 ⁇ M, 0.1 ⁇ M, 0.03 ⁇ M, 0.01 ⁇ M and 0.003 ⁇ M.
- DMEM Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium
- FBS fetal bovine serum
- HEPES fetal bovine serum
- the wells were washed with 1 mL phosphate buffered saline (PBS), and 200 ⁇ L trypsin was added to each well. After trypsinization was complete, 50 ⁇ L of FBS was added to each well. Then 200 ⁇ L cells was transferred to 96 well plates. The cells were pipetted up and down to obtain a single cell suspension. The plates were centrifuged at 2,500 rpm for 1 min using a Sorvall Legend RTTM tabletop centrifuge (Kendro Laboratory Products, Asheville, N.C.). The cells were then washed once in PBS containing 0.2% BSA and 0.2% sodium azide (BA buffer).
- PBS phosphate buffered saline
- PE conjugated anti HER2/Neu antibody Becton Dickinson, #340552
- PE conjugated anti-keyhole limpet hemacyanin [KLH] Becton Dickinson, #340761
- control antibody was added at a dilution of 1:20 and 1:40 respectively (final concentration was 1 ⁇ g/mL) and the cells were pipetted up and down to form a single cell suspension, and incubated for 15 mins. The cells were washed twice with 200 ⁇ L BA buffer, and resuspended in 200 ⁇ L BA buffer, and transferred to FACSCAN tubes with an additional 250 ⁇ L BA buffer.
- IC 50 is defined as the concentration at which there was 50% degradation of the HER2/Neu protein.
- MTS assays measures the cytotoxicity of geldanamycin derivatives.
- MTS (3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-5-(3-carboxymethoxyphenyl)-2-(4-sulfophenyl)-2H-tetrazolium is a tetrazolium dye that is converted to a formazan product by dehydrogenase enzymes of metabolically active cells (Corey, A. et al. “Use of an aqueous soluble tetrazolium/formazan assay for cell growth assays in culture,” Cancer Commun. 1991, 3, 207-212).
- IC 50 was defined as the concentration of the compound which gave rise to 50% viable cell number.
- IC 50 was defined as the concentration of the compound which gave rise to 50% viable cell number.
- S.No # Structure ( ⁇ M) ( ⁇ M) ( ⁇ M) 1 7 0.14 0.05 0.13 2 8 ND 0.14 0.5 3 9 ND 0.09 0.3 4 31 ND 0.05 0.3 5 32 ND 0.04 0.08 6 33 ND 0.16 0.6 7 34 ND 0.12 1.0 8 30 ND 0.11 1.0 9 29 0.1 0.85 1.0 10 35 0.08 0.02 1.0 11 10 0.06 0.03 0.7 12 23 ND 0.04 0.1 13 14 0.11 0.09 1.0 14 26 0.09 0.05 ND 15 15 ND 0.9 ND 16 25 ND 0.03 0.3 17 28 ND 0.04 1.0 18 24 ND 0.03 1.0 ND not determined
Abstract
Pyrazolopyrimidines and related analogs are described and demonstrated or predicted to have utility as Heat Shock Protein 90 (HSP90) inhibiting agents in the treatment and prevention of various HSP90 mediated disorders, e.g., proliferative disorders. Method of synthesis and use of such compounds are also described and claimed.
Description
- This application relates and claims priority to U.S. application Ser. No. 10/946,637, filed Sep. 20, 2004, and U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 60/504,135, filed Sep. 18, 2003 and U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 60/591,467, filed Jul. 26, 2004. This application also relates to three other U.S. Utility application Ser. Nos. 10/946,645 filed Sep. 20, 2004 (now Publication No. 20050113340; Ser. No. 10/945,851 filed Sep. 20, 2004 (now Publication No. 20050107343, and Ser. No. 10/946,628 filed Sep. 20, 2004 (now Publication No. 20050113339). This application further relates to International Application PCT/US02/35069, filed Oct. 30, 2002, (now Publication No. WO03/37860). All the above cited U.S. utility applications, provisional applications and international application are expressly incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- The invention relates in general to pyrazolopyrimidines and their related analogs and their broad-spectrum utility, e.g., in inhibiting heat shock protein 90 (HSP90) to thereby treat or prevent HSP90-mediated diseases.
- HSP90s are ubiquitous chaperone proteins that are involved in folding, activation and assembly of a wide range of proteins, including key proteins involved in signal transduction, cell cycle control and transcriptional regulation. Researchers have reported that HSP90 chaperone proteins are associated with important signaling proteins, such as steroid hormone receptors and protein kinases, including, e.g., Raf-1, EGFR, v-Src family kinases, Cdk4, and ErbB-2 (Buchner J. TIBS 1999, 24, 136-141; Stepanova, L. et al. Genes Dev. 1996, 10, 1491-502; Dai, K. et al. J. Biol. Chem. 1996, 271, 22030-4). Studies further indicate that certain co-chaperones, e.g., HSP70, p60/Hop/Sti1, Hip, Bag1, HSP40/Hdj2/Hsj1, immunophilins, p23, and p50, may assist HSP90 in its function (see, e.g., Caplan, A. Trends in Cell Biol. 1999, 9, 262-68).
- Ansamycin antibiotics, e.g., herbimycin A (HA), geldanamycin (GM), and 17-allylaminogeldanamycin (17-AAG) are thought to exert their anticancerous effects by tight binding of the N-terminus pocket of HSP90, thereby destabilizing substrates that normally interact with HSP90 (Stebbins, C. et al. Cell 1997, 89, 239-250). This pocket is highly conserved and has weak homology to the ATP-binding site of DNA gyrase (Stebbins, C. et al., suprau; Grenert, J. P. et al. J. Biol. Chem. 1997, 272, 23843-50). Further, ATP and ADP have both been shown to bind this pocket with low affinity and to have weak ATPase activity (Proromou, C. et al. Cell 1997, 90, 65-75; Panaretou, B. et al. EMBO J. 1998, 17, 4829-36). In vitro and in vivo studies have demonstrated that occupancy of this N-terminal pocket by ansamycins and other HSP90 inhibitors alters HSP90 function and inhibits protein folding. At high concentrations, ansamycins and other HSP90 inhibitors have been shown to prevent binding of protein substrates to HSP90 (Scheibel, T. H. et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1999, 96, 1297-302; Schulte, T. W. et al. J. Biol. Chem. 1995, 270, 24585-8; Whitesell, L., et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1994, 91, 8324-8328). Ansamycins have also been demonstrated to inhibit the ATP-dependent release of chaperone-associated protein substrates (Schneider, C. L. et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA 1996, 93, 14536-41; Sepp-Lorenzino et al. J. Biol. Chem. 1995, 270, 16580-16587). In either event, the substrates are degraded by a ubiquitin-dependent process in the proteasome (Schneider, C. L., supra; Sepp-Lorenzino, L., et al. J. Biol. Chem. 1995, 270, 16580-16587; Whitesell, L. et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1994, 91, 8324-8328).
- HSP90 substrate destabilization occurs in tumor and non-transformed cells alike and has been shown to be especially effective on a subset of signaling regulators, e.g., Raf (Schulte, T. W. et al. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 1997, 239, 655-9; Schulte, T. W., et al. J. Biol. Chem. 1995, 270, 24585-8), nuclear steroid receptors (Segnitz, B.; U. Gehring J. Biol. Chem. 1997, 272, 18694-18701; Smith, D. F. et al. Mol. Cell. Biol. 1995, 15, 6804-12), v-Src (Whitesell, L., et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1994, 91, 8324-8328) and certain transmembrane tyrosine kinases (Sepp-Lorenzino, L. et al. J. Biol. Chem. 1995, 270, 16580-16587) such as EGF receptor (EGFR) and HER2/Neu (Hartmann, F., et al. Int. J. Cancer 1997, 70, 221-9; Miller, P. et al. Cancer Res. 1994, 54, 2724-2730; Mimnaugh, E. G., et al. J. Biol. Chem. 1996, 271, 22796-801; Schnur, R. et al. J. Med. Chem. 1995, 38, 3806-3812), CDK4, and mutant p53. Erlichman et al. Proc. AACR 2001, 42, abstract 4474. The ansamycin-induced loss of these proteins leads to the selective disruption of certain regulatory pathways and results in growth arrest at specific phases of the cell cycle (Muise-Heimericks, R. C. et al. J. Biol. Chem. 1998, 273, 29864-72), and apoptosis, and/or differentiation of cells so treated (Vasilevskaya, A. et al. Cancer Res., 1999, 59, 3935-40). Ansamycins thus hold great promise for the treatment and/or prevention of many types of cancers and proliferative disorders, and also hold promise as traditional antibiotics. However, their relative insolubility makes them difficult to formulate and administer, and they are not easily synthesized and currently must, at least in part, be generated through fermentation. Further, the dose limiting toxicity of ansamycins is hepatic.
- In addition to anti-cancer and antitumorgenic activity, HSP90 inhibitors have also been implicated in a wide variety of other utilities, including use as anti-inflammation agents, anti-infectious disease agents, agents for treating autoimmunity, agents for treating stroke, ischemia, multiple sclerosis, cardiac disorders, central nervous system related disorders and agents useful in promoting nerve regeneration (See, e.g., Rosen et al. WO 02/09696 (PCT/US01/23640); Degranco et al. WO 99/51223 (PCT/US99/07242); Gold, U.S. Pat. No. 6,210,974 B1; DeFranco et al., U.S. Pat. No. 6,174,875. Overlapping somewhat with the above, there are reports in the literature that fibrogenetic disorders including but not limited to scleroderma, polymyositis, systemic lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, liver cirrhosis, keloid formation, interstitial nephritis, and pulmonary fibrosis also may be treatable with HSP90 inhibitors. Strehlow, WO 02/02123 (PCT/US01/20578). Still further HSP90 modulation, modulators and uses thereof are reported in Application Nos. PCT/US03/04283, PCT/US02/35938, PCT/US02/16287, PCT/US02/06518, PCT/US98/09805, PCT/US00/09512, PCT/US01/09512, PCT/US01/23640, PCT/US01/46303, PCT/US01/46304, PCT/US02/06518, PCT/US02/29715, PCT/US02/35069, PCT/US02/35938, PCT/US02/39993, 60/293,246, 60/371,668, 60/335,391, 60/128,593, 60/337,919, 60/340,762, 60/359,484 and 60/331,893.
- Recently, purine derivatives showing HSP90 inhibitory activity have been reported, e.g., in PCT/US02/35069 and PCT/US02/36075. Purine moieties are well accepted bioisosteres for a variety of ATP-dependent molecular targets, see, JP 10025294; U.S. Pat. No. 4,748,177; U.S. Pat. No. 4,772,606; U.S. Pat. No. 6,369,092; WO 00/06573; WO 02/055521; WO 02/055082; WO 02/055083; EP 0178178; Eur. J. Med. Chem. 1994, 29(1), 3-9; and J. Het. Chem. 1990, 27(5), 1409. However, compounds having the desired potency, selectivity and pharmaceutical properties required for effective HSP90 inhibition in vivo have not been reported. Therefore, a need remains for additional novel and potent HSP90 inhibitors that meet the demanding biological and pharmaceutical criteria required to proceed towards human clinical trials.
- The present invention is directed towards heterocyclic compounds, in particular towards pyrazolopyrimidines and related compounds that show broad utility, e.g., in inhibiting HSP90 and/or treating and preventing diseases that are HSP90-dependent.
- In one aspect, the invention comprises the heterocyclic compounds as specified below in Formulae A, I and II and compounds that are produced by a synthesis process of the invention. Also included in the scope of the present invention are stereoisomeric forms, including the individual enantiomers and diastereomers, racemic mixtures, and diastereomeric mixtures, as well as polymorphs, solvates, esters, tautomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs of these compounds.
- In one embodiment, the invention provides compounds of Formula A, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, which show utility by inhibiting HSP90 and treating and/or preventing diseases that are HSP90-dependent.
wherein: -
- X1 and X2 are the same or different and each is nitrogen or —CR6;
- X3 is nitrogen or —CR3 wherein R3 is hydrogen, OH, a keto tautomer, —OR8, —CN, halogen, lower alkyl, or —C(O)R9;
- X4 is nitrogen or —CR6 when X3 is nitrogen; and X4 is —CR6R7 when X3 is —CR3;
- R1 is halogen, —OR8, —SR8, or lower alkyl;
- R2 is —NR8R10;
- R4 is —(CH2)n— wherein n=0-3, —C(O), —C(S), —SO2—, or —SO2N—; and
- R5 is alkyl, aromatic, heteroaromatic, alicyclic, or heterocyclic, each of which is optionally bi- or tri-cyclic, and optionally substituted with H, halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl, lower alicyclic, aralkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, perhaloalkyl, perhaloalkyloxy, perhaloacyl, —N3, —SR8, —OR8, —CN, —CO2R9, —NO2, or —NR8R10.
- In certain embodiments, there are exclusionary provisos with respect to compounds disclosed in JP 10025294; U.S. Pat. No. 4,748,177; U.S. Pat. No. 4,748,177; U.S. Pat. No. 6,369,092; WO 00/06573; WO 02/055521; WO 02/055082; WO 02/055083; Eur. J. Med. Chem. 1994, 29(1), 3-9; and J. Het. Chem. 1990, 27(5), 1409, which disclose compounds with —R4R5 comprising ribose or a derivative thereof, or a sugar or derivative thereof; and compounds where —R4R5 is a phosphonate or phosphonic acid, or is substituted with a phosphonate or phosphonic acid; or compounds where R4 is —CH2— or —(CH2)n— that are connected through an oxygen atom to another group.
- In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds of Formula I, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, which show utility for inhibiting HSP90 and treating and preventing diseases that are HSP90-dependent,
wherein: -
- R1 is halogen, —OR11, —SR11 or lower alkyl;
- R2 is —NHR8;
- R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —SR8, —OR8, —CN, —C(O)R9, —CO2H, —NO2, —NR8R10, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower perhaloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic and heterocyclic, all optionally substituted, wherein:
- the aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic and heterocyclic groups are optionally mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic;
- R8 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-2 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N, and
- the optional substituents on R3 are selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, —SR8, —OR8, —CN, —C(O)R9, —C(O)OH, —NO2, —NR8R10, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, lower alicyclic, lower heterocyclic, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, diarylalkylamino, oxo, oxa, perhaloalkyl, perhaloalkoxy, perhaloacyl, guanidine, pyridinyl, thiophene, furanyl, indole, indazole, phosphonates, phosphates, phosphoramides, sulfonates, sulfones, sulfates, sulphonamides, carbamates, ureas, thioureas and thioamides, wherein R8 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
- R4 is —CHR12—, —C(O), —C(S), —S(O)—, or —SO2—;
- R5 is aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, or heterocyclic, wherein
- the aryl group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents,
- the heteroaryl group is substituted with 2 to 5 substituents,
- the alicyclic group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents,
- the heterocyclic group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents, and
- the substituents on R5 are selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, —SR8, —OR8, —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(O)R9, —NO2, —NR8R10, lower aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, lower heterocyclic, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, diarylalkylamino, oxo, oxa, perhaloalkyl, perhaloalkoxy, perhaloacyl, guanidine, pyridinyl, thiophene, furanyl, indole, indazole, phosphonates, phosphates, phosphoramides, sulfonates, sulfones, sulfates, sulphonamides, carbamates, ureas, thioureas and thioamides, wherein R8 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
- R8 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl or —C(O)R9;
- R9 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, —NR10R10 or —OR11, wherein R10 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
- R10 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl;
- R11 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl; and
-
- R12 is hydrogen or lower alkyl.
- In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds of Formula II, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, which show utility for inhibiting HSP90 and treating and/or preventing diseases that are HSP90-dependent,
wherein: -
- R1 is halogen, —OR11, —SR11 or lower alkyl;
- R2 is —NHR8;
- R4 is —CHR12—, —C(O), —C(S), —S(O)—, or —SO2—;
- R5 is aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, or heterocyclic, wherein
- the aryl group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents,
- the heteroaryl group is substituted with 2 to 5 substituents,
- the alicyclic group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents,
- the heterocyclic group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents, and
- the substituents on R5 are selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, —SR8, —OR8, —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(O)R9, —NO2, —NR8R10, lower aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, lower heterocyclic, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, diarylalkylamino, oxo, oxa, perhaloalkyl, perhaloalkoxy, perhaloacyl, guanidine, pyridinyl, thiophene, furanyl, indole, indazole, phosphonates, phosphates, phosphoramides, sulfonates, sulfones, sulfates, sulphonamides, carbamates, ureas, thioureas and thioamides, wherein R8 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
- R8 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl or —C(O)R9;
- R9 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, —NR10R10 or —OR11, wherein R10 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
- R10 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl;
- R11 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl; and
- R12 is hydrogen or lower alkyl; and
- R15 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl.
- In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, which show utility for inhibiting HSP90 and treating and/or preventing diseases that are HSP90-dependent, that are prepared by the process comprising:
- reacting a compound of Formula Y and a compound of Formula Z, wherein:
-
- Y is represented by any of the following formulae:
and - Z is L1-R4—R5; wherein:
- L1 is halogen, NR8R10, triflate, tosylate, or mesylate;
- R4 is —(CHR12)—, —C(O), —C(S), —S(O)—, or —SO2—;
- R5 is aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, or heterocyclic, wherein
- the aryl group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents,
- the heteroaryl group is substituted with 2 to 5 substituents,
- the alicyclic group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents,
- the heterocyclic group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents, and
- the substituents on R5 are selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, —SR8, —OR8, —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(O)R9, —NO2, —NR8R10, lower aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, lower heterocyclic, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, diarylalkylamino, oxo, oxa, perhaloalkyl, perhaloalkoxy, perhaloacyl, guanidine, pyridinyl, thiophene, furanyl, indole, indazole, phosphonates, phosphates, phosphoramides, sulfonates, sulfones, sulfates, sulphonamides, carbamates, ureas, thioureas and thioamides, wherein R8 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
- R8 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl or —C(O)R9;
- R9 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, —NR10R10, or —OR11, wherein R10 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
- R10 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl;
- R11 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl;
- R12 is hydrogen or lower alkyl;
- R21 is halogen, —OR8, —SR8 or lower alkyl;
- R22 is —NR8R10;
- R23 is hydrogen, —OH or its keto tautomer, —OR8, halogen, —CN, lower alkyl, lower aryl or —C(O)R9;
- R24 is —CHO, —NH2, —NO2 or —NO;
- R25 is halogen or —OH;
- R26 is —C(O)NH2 or C(O)OEt; and
- R27 is —NH2, —OH or halogen.
- Y is represented by any of the following formulae:
- In another aspect, the present invention is directed to pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds of the invention, in particular, the compounds of Formulae A, I and II, and compounds formed by the process of the invention, and their polymorphs, solvates, esters, tautomers, diastereomer, enantiomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof, and one or more pharmaceutical excipients, for use in treatment or prevention of diseases that are HSP90-dependent.
- In another aspect, the invention features a method of treating an individual having an HSP90-mediated disorder by administering to the individual a pharmaceutical composition that comprises a pharmaceutically effective amount of a compound of Formula A, I or II, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, enantiomers pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
- In one embodiment, the invention provides a method for treating an individual having a disorder selected from the group of inflammatory diseases, infections, autoimmune disorders, stroke, ischemia, cardiac disorders, neurological disorders, fibrogenetic disorders, proliferative disorders, tumors, leukemias, neoplasms, cancers, carcinomas, metabolic diseases, and malignant disease.
- In yet another embodiment, the invention provides a method for treating an individual having a fibrogenetic disorder, such as, for example, scleroderma, polymyositis, systemic lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, liver cirrhosis, keloid formation, interstitial nephritis and pulmonary fibrosis.
- In another embodiment, the invention provides a combination therapy comprising the administration of a pharmaceutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I or Formula II, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt and prodrug thereof, according to any of the preceding aspects or embodiments, and at least one therapeutic agent selected from the group of cytotoxic agents, anti-angiogenesis agents and anti-neoplastic agents. The anti-neoplastic agent may be selected from the group of alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, epidophyllotoxins antineoplastic enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, procarbazines, mitoxantrones, platinum coordination complexes, biological response modifiers and growth inhibitors, hormonal/anti-hormonal therapeutic agents, and haematopoietic growth factors.
- Any of the above described aspects and embodiments of the invention can be combined where practical.
- The individual compounds, methods and compositions prescribed do not preclude the utilization of other, unspecified steps and agents, and those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that additional steps and compounds may also be combined usefully within the spirit of various aspects and embodiments of the invention.
- Advantages of the invention depend on the specific aspect and embodiment and may include one or more of: ease of synthesis and/or formulation, solubility, and IC50 relative to previously existing compounds in the same or different classes of HSP90 inhibitors.
- I. Definitions
- A “pharmaceutically acceptable derivative or prodrug” means any pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, salt of an ester or other derivative of a compound of this invention, which, upon administration to a recipient, is capable of providing, either directly or indirectly, a compound of this invention or a pharmaceutically active metabolite or residue thereof. Particularly favored derivatives or prodrugs are those that increase the bioavailability of the compounds of this invention when such compounds are administered to a patient (e.g., by allowing orally administered compound to be more readily absorbed into blood) or which enhance delivery of the parent compound to a biological compartment (e.g., the brain or lymphatic system).
- A “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” may be prepared for any compound of the invention having a functionality capable of forming a salt, for example, an acid or base functionality. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be derived from organic or inorganic acids and bases. Compounds of the invention that contain one or more basic functional groups, e.g., amino or alkylamino, are capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable organic and inorganic acids. These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention, or by separately reacting a purified compound of the invention in its free base form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid, and isolating the salt thus formed. Examples of suitable acid salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, citrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptanoate, glycerophosphate, glycolate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, lactate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-napthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oxalate, palmoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, salicylate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, tosylate and undecampate. Other acids, such as oxalic, while not in themselves pharmaceutically acceptable, may be employed in the preparation of salts useful as intermediates in obtaining the compounds of the invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts. See, e.g., Berge et al. “Pharmaceutical Salts”, J. Pharm. Sci. 1977, 66:1-19.
- Compounds of the present invention that contain one or more acidic functional groups are capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable bases. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” in these instances refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic base addition salts of compounds of the present invention. These salts can likewise be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds, or by separately reacting the purified compound in its free acid form with a suitable base, such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation, with ammonia, or with a pharmaceutically acceptable organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine. Representative alkali or alkaline earth salts include the lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum salts and the like. Illustrative examples of some of the bases that can be used include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, choline hydroxide, sodium carbonate, N+(C1-4 alkyl)4, and the like. Representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylamine, diethylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine and the like. This invention also envisions the quaternization of any basic nitrogen-containing groups of the compounds disclosed herein. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products may be obtained by such quaternization. See, for example, Berge et al., supra.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs of the compounds of this invention include, but are not limited to, esters, carbonates, thiocarbonates, N-acyl derivatives, N-acyloxyalkyl derivatives, quaternary derivatives of tertiary amines, N-Mannich bases, Schiff bases, aminoacid conjugates, phosphate esters, metal salts and sulfonate esters.
- Suitable positions for derivatization of the compounds of the invention to create “prodrugs” include but are not limited, 2-amino substitution. Those of ordinary skill in the art have the knowledge and means to accomplish this without undue experimentation. Various forms of prodrugs are well known in the art. For examples of such prodrug derivatives, see, e.g.,
- a) Design of Prodrugs, Bundgaard, A. Ed., Elseview, 1985 and Method in Enzymology, Widder, K. et al., Ed.; Academic, 1985, vol. 42, p. 309-396;
- b) Bundgaard, H. “Design and Application of Prodrugs” in A Textbook of Drug Design and Development, Krosgaard-Larsen and H. Bundgaard, Ed., 1991, Chapter 5, p. 113-191; and
- c) Bundgaard, H., Advanced Drug Delivery Review, 1992, 8, 1-38.
- Each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- The term “prodrugs” as employed herein includes, but is not limited to, the following groups and combinations of these groups:
-
- Hydroxy Prodrugs:
- Acyloxyalkyl esters;
- Alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyl esters;
- Alkyl esters;
- Aryl esters; and
- Disulfide containing esters.
- The term “alkyl,” alone or in combination, refers to an optionally substituted straight-chain, or optionally substituted branched-chain saturated hydrocarbon radical having from one to thirty carbons, more preferably one to twelve carbons. Examples of alkyl radicals include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, tert-amyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl and the like. The term “cycloalkyl” embraces cyclic alkyl radicals which include monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, and higher multicyclic alkyl radicals wherein each cyclic moiety has from three to eight carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl radicals include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like. A “lower alkyl” is a shorter alkyl, e.g., one containing from one to six carbon atoms.
- The term “alkenyl,” alone or in combination, refers to an optionally substituted straight-chain, or optionally substituted branched-chain hydrocarbon radical having one or more carbon-carbon double-bonds and having from two to thirty carbon atoms, more preferably two to eighteen carbons. Examples of alkenyl radicals include ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, 1,3-butadienyl and the like. The term “cycloalkenyl” refers to cyclic alkenyl radicals which include monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, and higher multicyclic alkenyl radicals wherein each cyclic moiety has from three to eight carbon atoms. A “lower alkenyl” refers to an alkenyl having from two to six carbons.
- The term “alkynyl,” alone or in combination, refers to an optionally substituted straight-chain or optionally substituted branched-chain hydrocarbon radical having one or more carbon-carbon triple-bonds and having from two to thirty carbon atoms, more preferably from two to twelve carbon atoms, from two to six carbon atoms as well as those having from two to four carbon atoms. Examples of alkynyl radicals include ethynyl, 2-propynyl, 2-butynyl, 1,3-butadiynyl and the like. The term “cycloalkynyl” refers to cyclic alkynyl radicals which include monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, and higher multicyclic alkynyl radicals wherein each cyclic moiety has from three to eight carbon atoms. A “lower alkynyl” refers to an alkynyl having from two to six carbons.
- The terms “heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl and heteroalkynyl” include optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl structures, as described above, and which have one or more skeletal chain atoms selected from an atom other than carbon, e.g., oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorous or combinations thereof.
- The term “carbon chain” embraces any alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, or heteroalkynyl group, which are linear, cyclic, or any combination thereof. If the chain is part of a linker and that linker comprises one or more rings as part of the core backbone, for purposes of calculating chain length, the “chain” only includes those carbon atoms that compose the bottom or top of a given ring and not both, and where the top and bottom of the ring(s) are not equivalent in length, the shorter distance shall be used in determining the chain length. If the chain contains heteroatoms as part of the backbone, those atoms are not calculated as part of the carbon chain length.
- The term “membered ring” can embrace any cyclic structure, including aromatic, heteroaromatic, alicyclic, heterocyclic and polycyclic fused ring systems as described below. The term “membered” is meant to denote the number of skeletal atoms that constitute the ring. Thus, for example, pyridine, pyran, and pyrimidine are six-membered rings and pyrrole, tetrahydrofuran, and thiophene are five-membered rings.
- The term “aryl,” alone or in combination, refers to an optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon radical of six to twenty ring atoms, and includes mono-aromatic rings and fused aromatic ring. A fused aromatic ring radical contains from two to four fused rings where the ring of attachment is an aromatic ring, and the other individual rings within the fused ring may be aromatic, heteroaromatic, alicyclic or heterocyclic. Further, the term aryl includes mono-aromatic ring and fused aromatic rings containing from six to twelve carbon atoms, as well as those containing from six to ten carbon atoms. Examples of aryl groups include, without limitation, phenyl, naphthyl, anthryl, chrysenyl, and benzopyrenyl ring systems. The term “lower aryl” refers to an aryl having six to ten skeletal ring carbons, e.g., phenyl and naphthyl ring systems.
- The term “heteroaryl” refers to optionally substituted aromatic radicals containing from five to twenty skeletal ring atoms and where one or more of the ring atoms is a heteroatom such as, for example, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, selenium and phosphorus. The term heteroaryl includes optionally substituted mono-heteroaryl radicals and fused heteroaryl radicals having at least one heteroatom (e.g., quinoline, benzothiazole). A fused heteroaryl radical may contain from two to four fused rings and where the ring of attachment is a heteroaromatic ring, the other individual rings within the fused ring system may be aromatic, heteroaromatic, alicyclic or heterocyclic. The term heteroaryl also includes monorheteroaryls or fused heteroaryls having from five to twelve skeletal ring atoms, as well as those having from five to ten skeletal ring atoms. Examples of heteroaryls include, without limitation, furanyl, benzofuranyl, chromenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, pyridyl-N-oxide, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzothiozole, benzimidazole, benzoxazoles, benzothiadiazole, benzoxadiazole, benzotriazole, quinolines, isoquinolines, indolyl, purinyl, indolizinyl, thienyl and the like and their oxides. The term “lower heteroaryl” refers to a heteroaryl having five to ten skeletal ring atoms, e.g., pyridyl, thienyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolyl, or furanyl.
- The term “alicyclic” alone or in combination, refers to an optionally substituted saturated or unsaturated nonaromatic hydrocarbon ring system containing from three to twenty ring atoms. The term alicyclic includes mono-alicyclic and fused alicyclic radicals. A fused alicyclic may contain from two to four fused rings where the ring of attachment is an alicyclic ring, and the other individual rings within the fused-alicyclic radical may be aromatic, heteroaromatic, alicyclic and heterocyclic. The term alicyclic also includes mono-alicyclic and fused alicyclic radicals containing from three to twelve carbon atoms, as well as those containing from three to ten carbon atoms. Examples of alicyclics include, without limitation, cyclopropyl, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclodecyl, cyclododecyl, cyclopentadienyl, indanyl, and cyclooctatetraenyl ring systems. The term “lower alicyclic” refers to an alicyclic having three to ten skeletal ring carbons, e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, decalinyl, and cyclohexyl.
- The term “heterocyclic” refers to optionally substituted saturated or unsaturated nonaromatic ring radicals containing from five to twenty ring atoms where one or more of the ring atoms are heteroatoms such as, for example, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, and phosphorus. The term alicyclic includes mono-heterocyclic and fused heterocyclic ring radicals. A fused heterocyclic radical may contain from two to four fused rings where the attaching ring is a heterocyclic, and the other individual rings within the fused heterocyclic radical may be aromatic, heteroaromatic, alicyclic or heterocyclic. The term heterocyclic also includes mono-heterocyclic and fused alicyclic radicals having from five to twelve skeletal ring atoms, as well as those having from five to ten skeletal ring atoms. Example of heterocyclics include without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, benzodiazepinyl, tetrahydroindazolyl, dihyroquinolinyl, and the like. The term “lower heterocyclic” refers to a heterocyclic ring system having five to ten skeletal ring atoms, e.g., dihydropyranyl, pyrrolidinyl, indolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, and the like.
- The term “alkylaryl,” or “araalkyl,” alone or in combination, refers to an aryl radical as defined above in which one H atom is replaced by an alkyl radical as defined above, such as, for example, tolyl, xylyl and the like.
- The term “arylalkyl,” alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl radical as defined above in which one H atom is replaced by an aryl radical as defined above, such as, for example, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl and the like.
- The term “heteroarylalkyl” refers to an alkyl radical as defined above in which one H atom is replaced by a heteroaryl radical as defined above, each of which may be optionally substituted.
- The term “alkoxy,” alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl ether radical, alkyl-O—, wherein the term alkyl is defined as above. Examples of alkoxy radicals include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy and the like.
- The term “aryloxy,” alone or in combination, refers to an aryl ether radical wherein the term aryl is defined as above. Examples of aryloxy radicals include phenoxy, benzyloxy and the like.
- The term “alkylthio,” alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl thio radical, alkyl-S—, wherein the term alkyl is as defined above.
- The term “arylthio,” alone or in combination, refers to an aryl thio radical, aryl-S—, wherein the term aryl is as defined above.
- The term “heteroarylthio” refers to the group heteroaryl-S—, wherein the term heteroaryl is as defined above.
- The term “acyl” refers to a radical —C(O)R where R includes alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic, arylalkyl or heteroaryl alkyl groups may be optionally substituted.
- The term “acyloxy” refers to the ester group —OC(O)R, where R is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl may be optionally substituted.
- The term “carboxy esters” refers to —C(O)OR where R is alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl, wherein the alkyl, aryl and arylalkyl groups may be optionally substituted.
-
- where each of R and R′ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic, arylalkyl and heteroarylalkyl, wherein the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic, or arylalkyl groups may be optionally substituted.
- The term “oxo” refers to ═O.
- The term “halogen” includes F, Cl, Br and I.
- The terms “haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl and haloalkoxy” include alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl and alkoxy structures, as described above, that are substituted with one or more fluorines, chlorines, bromines or iodines, or with combinations thereof.
- The terms “perhaloalkyl, perhaloalkyloxy and perhaloacyl” refer to alkyl, alkyloxy and acyl radicals as described above, that all the H atoms are substituted with fluorines, chlorines, bromines or iodines, or combinations thereof.
- The terms “cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic, alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, and heteroalkyl” include optionally substituted cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic, alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl and heteroalkyl groups.
- The terms “alkylamino”, refers to the group —NHR where R is independently selected from alkyl.
- The terms “dialkylamino”, refers to the group —NRR′ where R and R′ are alkyls.
- The term “sulfide” refers to a sulfur atom covalently linked to two atoms; the formal oxidation state of said sulfur is (II). The term “thioether” may be used interchangeably with the term “sulfide.”
- The term “sulfoxide” refers to a sulfur atom covalently linked to three atoms, at least one of which is an oxygen atom; the formal oxidation state of said sulfur atom is (IV).
- The term “sulfone” refers to a sulfur atom covalently linked to four atoms, at least two of which are oxygen atoms; the formal oxidation state of said sulfur atom is (VI).
- The terms “optional” or “optionally” mean that the subsequently described event or circumstance may but need not occur, and that the description includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not. For example, “aryl optionally mono- or di-substituted with an alkyl” means that the alkyl may but need not be present, or either one alkyl or two may be present, and the description includes situations where the aryl is substituted with one or two alkyls and situations where the aryl is not substituted with an alkyl.
- “Optionally substituted” groups may be substituted or unsubstituted. The substituents of an “optionally substituted” group may include, without limitation, one or more substituents independently selected from the following groups or designated subsets thereof: lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, lower alkoxy, lower aryloxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, diarylalkylamino, alkylthio, arylthio, heteroarylthio, oxo, oxa, carbonyl (—C(O)), carboxyesters (—C(O)OR), carboxamido (—C(O)NH2), carboxy, acyloxy, —H, halo, —CN, —NO2, —N3, —SH, —OH, —C(O)CH3, perhaloalkyl, perhaloalkoxy, perhaloacyl, guanidine, pyridinyl, thiophene, furanyl, indole, indazole, esters, amides, phosphonates, phosphonic acid, phosphates, phosphoramides, sulfonates, sulfones, sulfates, sulphonamides, carbamates, ureas, thioureas, thioamides, thioalkyls. An optionally substituted group may be unsubstituted (e.g., —CH2CH3), fully substituted (e.g., —CF2CF3), monosubstituted (e.g., —CH2CH2F) or substituted at a level anywhere in-between fully substituted and monosubstituted (e.g., —CH2CF3).
- The term “pyridine-1-oxy” also means “pyridine-N-oxy.”
- Some of the compounds of the present invention may contain one or more chiral centers and therefore may exist in enantiomeric and diastereomeric forms. The scope of the present invention is intended to cover all isomers per se, as well as mixtures of cis and trans isomers, mixtures of diastereomers and racemic mixtures of enantiomers (optical isomers) as well. Further, it is possible using well known techniques to separate the various forms, and some embodiments of the invention may feature purified or enriched species of a given enantiomer or diastereomer.
- A “pharmacological composition” refers to a mixture of one or more of the compounds described herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, with other chemical components, such as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and/or excipients. The purpose of a pharmacological composition is to facilitate administration of a compound to an organism.
- The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” as used herein means a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting the subject agent from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body. Each carrier must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the patient. Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alginic acid; (16) pyrogen-free water; (17) isotonic saline; (18) Ringer's solution; (19) ethyl alcohol; (20) phosphate buffer solutions; and (21) other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations. A physiologically acceptable carrier should not cause significant irritation to an organism and does not abrogate the biological activity and properties of the administered compound.
- An “excipient” refers to an inert substance added to a pharmacological composition to further facilitate administration of a compound. Examples of excipients include but are not limited to calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, various sugars and types of starch, cellulose derivatives, gelatin, vegetable oils and polyethylene glycols.
- A “pharmaceutically effective amount” means an amount which is capable of providing a therapeutic and/or prophylactic effect. The specific dose of compound administered according to this invention to obtain therapeutic and/or prophylactic effect will, of course, be determined by the particular circumstances surrounding the case, including, for example, the specific compound administered, the route of administration, the condition being treated, and the individual being treated. A typical daily dose (administered in single or divided doses) will contain a dosage level of from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50-100 mg/kg of body weight of an active compound of the invention. Preferred daily doses generally will be from about 0.05 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg and ideally from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg. Factors such as clearance rate, half-life and maximum tolerated dose (MTD) have yet to be determined but one of ordinary skill in the art can determine these using standard procedures.
- In some method embodiments, the preferred therapeutic effect is the inhibition, to some extent, of the growth of cells characteristic of a proliferative disorder, e.g., breast cancer. A therapeutic effect will also normally, but need not, relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms other than cell growth or size of cell mass. A therapeutic effect may include, for example, one or more of 1) a reduction in the number of cells; 2) a reduction in cell size; 3) inhibition (i.e., slowing to some extent, preferably stopping) of cell infiltration into peripheral organs, e.g., in the instance of cancer metastasis; 3) inhibition (i.e., slowing to some extent, preferably stopping) of tumor metastasis; 4) inhibition, to some extent, of cell growth; and/or 5) relieving to some extent one or more of the symptoms associated with the disorder.
- As used herein, the term IC50 refers to an amount, concentration or dosage of a particular test compound that achieves a 50% inhibition of a maximal response in an assay that measures such response. In some method embodiments of the invention, the “IC50” value of a compound of the invention can be greater for normal cells than for cells exhibiting a proliferative disorder, e.g., breast cancer cells. The value depends on the assay used.
- By a “standard” is meant a positive or negative control. A negative control in the context of HER2 expression levels is, e.g., a sample possessing an amount of HER2 protein that correlates with a normal cell. A negative control may also include a sample that contains no HER2 protein. By contrast, a positive control does contain HER2 protein, preferably of an amount that correlates with overexpression as found in proliferative disorders, e.g., breast cancers. The controls may be from cell or tissue samples, or else contain purified ligand (or absent ligand), immobilized or otherwise. In some embodiments, one or more of the controls may be in the form of a diagnostic “dipstick.”
- By “selectively targeting” is meant affecting one type of cell to a greater extent than another, e.g., in the case of cells with high as opposed to relatively low or normal HER2 levels.
- II. Compounds of the Invention
- Compounds of the invention and their polymorphs, solvates, esters, tautomers, diastereomers, enantiomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs show utility for inhibiting HSP90 and treating and/or preventing diseases that are HSP90-dependent.
-
-
- X1 and X2 are the same or different and each is nitrogen or —CR6;
- X3 is nitrogen or —CR3 wherein R3 is hydrogen, OH, a keto tautomer, —OR8, —CN, halogen, lower alkyl, or —C(O)R9;
- X4 is nitrogen or a group CR6 when X3 is nitrogen, and X4 is —CR6R7 when X3 is —CR3;
- R1 is halogen, —OR8, —SR8, or lower alkyl;
- R2 is —NR8R10;
-
- R4 is —(CH2)n— wherein n=0-3, —C(O), —C(S), —SO2—, or —SO2N—; and
- R5 is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, or heterocyclic, each of which is optionally bi- or tricyclic, and optionally substituted with H, halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl, lower alicyclic, araalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, perhaloalkyl, perhaloalkyloxy, perhaloacyl, —N3, —SR8, —OR8, —CN, —CO2R9, —NO2, or —NR8R10;
- with the provisos that:
- the compound is not one found or described in one or more of JP 10025294; U.S. Pat. No. 4,748,177; U.S. Pat. No. 4,748,177; U.S. Pat. No. 6,369,092; WO 00/06573; WO 02/055521; WO 02/055082; WO 02/055083; Eur. J. Med. Chem., 1994, 29(1), 3-9; and J. Het. Chem. 1990, 27(5), 1409;
- —R4R5 is not a ribose or derivative thereof, or a sugar or derivative thereof;
- —R4R5 is not a phosphonate or phosphonic acid, or a group substituted with a phosphonate or phosphonic acid; and
- when R4 is (CH2)n where n=0 or 1, then R4 and R5 are not connected with ‘O’, e.g., —CH2—O—CH2— or —CH2—CH2—O—CH2—.
- In one embodiment of the compound, tautomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or prodrug thereof of Formula A, X1 and X2 are the same or different and each is nitrogen or —CR6; R1 is halogen, —OR8, —SR8, or lower alkyl; R2 is —NR8R10; R3 is hydrogen, —OH or keto tautomer, —OR8, halogen, —CN, lower alkyl, or —C(O)R9; R4 is —(CH2)n— wherein n=0-3, —C(O), —C(S), —SO2—, or —SO2N—; and R5 is alkyl, aromatic, heteroaromatic, alicyclic, heterocyclic, each of which is optionally bi- or tricyclic, and optionally substituted with H, halogen, lower alkyl, —SR8, —OR8, —CN, —CO2R9, —NO2 or —NR8R10; R8 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower aryl or —(CO)R9; R9 is lower alkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, —NR8R10 or OR11; R11 is lower alkyl or lower aryl; and R10 is hydrogen or lower alkyl.
- In one embodiment, the compound, tautomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or prodrug thereof of Formula A, R1 is selected from halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, lower thioalkyl and C1-4 alkyl; and R2 is —NH2; and R3 is hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, R4 is —(CH2)n—, where n=0-3.
- In another embodiment, R1 is selected from halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, lower thioalkyl or C1-4 alkyl; optionally, R2 is —NH2.
- In another embodiment, R4 is —CH2—.
- In another embodiment, R4 is —(CH2)n—, wherein n=0-3, R1 is selected from halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, lower thioalkyl, and C1-4 alkyl, and R2 is optionally NH2.
- In another embodiment, R1 is halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, lower thioalkyl, or C1-4 alkyl; and R2 is optionally NH2, R4 is —(CH2)—, and R5 is phenyl, benzyl, or pyridyl, all optionally substituted with H, halogen, lower alkyl, —SR8, —OR8 (or cyclic ethers such as methylenedioxy), —CN, —CO2R9, —NO2, or —NR8R10; R8 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower aryl or —(CO)R9; R9 is lower alkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, —NR8R10 or —OR11; R11 is lower alkyl or lower aryl; and R10 is hydrogen or lower alkyl.
- In another embodiment R1 is halogen, R2 is —NH2, R4 is —CH2—, R6 is H or halogen, and R5 is phenyl optionally substituted with H, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 alkylthio, perhaloalkyl, perhaloalkyloxy, —CN, —NO2, —NH2 or —CO2R11.
- In another embodiment, R1 is halogen, R1 is —NH2, R4 is —CH2—, R6 is H, and R5 is 2-halo-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl optionally substituted with H, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 alkylthio, perhaloalkyl, perhaloalkyloxy, —CN, —NO2, —NH2, or —CO2R11 at the para (4-) position.
- In another embodiment, R1 is chloro, R2 is —NH2, R4 is —CH2—, R6 is H and R5 is 2-chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl.
- In another embodiment, R1 is chloro, R2 is —NH2, R4 is —CH2—, R6 is H and R5 is 2-bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl. In other embodiments, R5 is selected from 2-iodo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl, 2-fluoro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl, or 2-bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl.
- Any of the foregoing embodiments can be combined where feasible and appropriate.
-
-
- X1 and X2 are the same or different and each is nitrogen or CR6;
- R1 is halogen, —ORS, —SR8 or lower alkyl;
-
- R2 is —NR8R10;
- R3 is hydrogen, —OH or keto tautomer, —OR8, halogen, —CN, lower alkyl or —C(O)R9;
- R4 is —(CH2)6— where n=0-3, —C(O), —C(S), —SO2— or —SO2N—;
- R5 is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, heterocyclic, all optionally bi- or tricyclic, and all optionally substituted with H, halogen, lower alkyl, —SR8, —OR8, —CN, —CO2R9, —NO2 or —NR8R10;
- R8 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower aryl or —(CO)R9;
- R9 is lower alkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, —NR8R10 or OR11;
- R11 is lower alkyl or lower aryl; and
- R10 is hydrogen or lower alkyl.
- In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula A1, or a tautomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof, R1 is halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, lower thioalkyl, or C1-4 alkyl; and R2 is NH2.
- In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula A1, or a tautomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof, R4 is —(CH2)n—, where n=0-3.
- In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula A1, or a tautomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof, R1 is halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, lower thioalkyl, or C1-4 alkyl; R2 is NH2; and R4 is —(CH2)n—, wherein n=0-3.
- In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula A1, or a tautomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, R1 is halogen; R2 is NH2; and R4 is —CH2—.
-
-
- R1 is halogen, —OR11, —SR11 or lower alkyl;
- R2 is —NHR8;
- R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —SR8, —OR8, —CN, —C(O)R9, —CO2H, —NO2, —NR8R10, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower perhaloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic and heterocyclic, all optionally substituted, wherein:
- the aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic and heterocyclic groups are optionally mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic;
- R8 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-2 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N, and
- the optional substituents on R3 are selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, —SR8, —OR8, —CN, —C(O)R9, —C(O)OH, —NO2, —NR8R10, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, lower alicyclic, lower heterocyclic, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, diarylalkylamino, oxo, oxa, perhaloalkyl, perhaloalkoxy, perhaloacyl, guanidine, pyridinyl, thiophene, furanyl, indole, indazole, phosphonates, phosphates, phosphoramides, sulfonates, sulfones, sulfates, sulphonamides, carbamates, ureas, thioureas and thioamides, wherein R8 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
- R4 is —CHR12—, —C(O), —C(S), —S(O)—, or —SO2—;
- R5 is aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, or heterocyclic, wherein
- the aryl group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents,
- the heteroaryl group is substituted with 2 to 5 substituents,
- the alicyclic group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents,
- the heterocyclic group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents, and
- the substituents on R5 are selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, —SR8, —OR8, —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(O)R9, —NO2, —NR8R10 lower aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, lower heterocyclic, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, diarylalkylamino, oxo, oxa, perhaloalkyl, perhaloalkoxy, perhaloacyl, guanidine, pyridinyl, thiophene, furanyl, indole, indazole, phosphonates, phosphates, phosphoramides, sulfonates, sulfones, sulfates, sulphonamides, carbamates, ureas, thioureas and thioamides, wherein R8 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
- R8 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl or —C(O)R9;
- R9 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, —NR10R10 or —OR11 wherein R10 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
- R10 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl;
- R11 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl; and
- R12 is hydrogen or lower alkyl.
- In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula I, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, R1 is halogen or lower alkyl; R2 is —NHR8, where R8 is hydrogen or —C(O)R9; R5 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl groups is monocyclic or bicyclic.
- In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula I, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, R2 is —NH2; R3 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —SR8, —OR8, —CN, —NR8R10, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower perhaloalkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, lower alicyclic, and lower heterocyclic, wherein R8 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl, and wherein R8 and R10 when taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N; and R5 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl groups is monocyclic or bicyclic.
- In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula I, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, R1 is halogen or lower alkyl; R2 is —NH2; R4 is —(CH2)—; and R5 is aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic or heterocyclic, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl alicyclic or heterocyclic groups is monocyclic or bicyclic.
- In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula I, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, R1 is halogen; R2 is —NH2; R3 is hydrogen, halogen, —SR8, —OR8, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower perhaloalkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, or —NR8R10, wherein R8 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N; R4 is —CH2—; and R5 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl groups is monocyclic or bicyclic.
- In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula I, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, R1 is halogen; R2 is —NH2; R3 is hydrogen, halogen, —SR8, —OR8, lower alkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, or —NR8R10, wherein R8 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N; R4 is —CH2—; and R5 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl groups is monocyclic or bicyclic.
- In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula I, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, R1 is chloro or bromo; and R5 is a phenyl having 3 to 5 substituents.
- In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula I, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, R1 is chloro or bromo; and R5 is a pyridyl having 3 to 5 substituents.
- In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula I, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, R1 is chloro or bromo; and R5 is an 1-oxy-pyridyl (N-oxy-pyridyl) having 3 to 5 substituents.
- It should be understood that any of the foregoing embodiments can be combined where feasible and appropriate.
-
-
- R1 is halogen, —OR11, —SR11 or lower alkyl;
- R2 is —NHR8;
- R4 is —CHR12—, —C(O), —C(S), —S(O)—, or —SO2—;
- R5 is aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, or heterocyclic, wherein
- the aryl group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents,
- the heteroaryl group is substituted with 2 to 5 substituents,
- the alicyclic group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents,
- the heterocyclic group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents, and
- the substituents on R5 are selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, —SR8, —OR8, —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(O)R9, —NO2, —NR8R10, lower aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, lower heterocyclic, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, diarylalkylamino, oxo, oxa, perhaloalkyl, perhaloalkoxy, perhaloacyl, guanidine, pyridinyl, thiophene, furanyl, indole, indazole, phosphonates, phosphates, phosphoramides, sulfonates, sulfones, sulfates, sulphonamides, carbamates, ureas, thioureas and thioamides, wherein R9 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
- R8 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl or —C(O)R9;
- R9 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, —NR10R10 or —OR11 wherein R10 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
- R10 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl;
- R11 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl;
-
- R12 is hydrogen or lower alkyl; and
- R15 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl.
- In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula II, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, R2 is —NHR8, where R8 is hydrogen or —C(O)R9; R5 is aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, or heterocyclic, all optionally mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic; and R9 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl.
- In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula II, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, R1 is halogen or lower alkyl; R2 is —NHR8, where R8 is hydrogen or —C(O)R9; R4 is —(CH2)—, R5 is aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, or heterocyclic, all optionally mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic.
- In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula II, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, R1 is chloro or bromo, R2 is —NH2, and R5 is a phenyl having 3 to 5 substituents.
- In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula II, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, R1 is chloro or bromo, R2 is —NH2, and R5 is a pyridyl having 3 to 5 substituents.
- In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula II, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, enantiomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, R1 is chloro or bromo, R2 is —NH2, and R5 is an 1-oxy-pyridyl (N-oxy-pyridyl) having 3 to 5 substituents.
- It should be understood that any of the foregoing embodiments can be combined where feasible and appropriate.
- Other embodiment of the compounds of the invention are the compounds, or polymorphs, solvates, esters, tautomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof, prepared by the process comprising:
- reacting a compound of Formula Y and a compound of a Formula Z, wherein:
-
- Y is represented by any of the following formulae:
and - Z is L1-R4—R5; wherein:
- L1 is halogen, NR8R10, triflate, tosylate, or mesylate;
- R4 is —(CHR12)—, —C(O), —C(S), —S(O)—, or —SO2—;
- R5 is aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, or heterocyclic, wherein
- the aryl group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents,
- the heteroaryl group is substituted with 2 to 5 substituents,
- the alicyclic group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents,
- the heterocyclic group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents, and
- the substituents on R5 are selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, —SR8, —OR8, —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(O)R9, —NO2, —NR8R10, lower aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, lower heterocyclic, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, diarylalkylamino, oxo, oxa, perhaloalkyl, perhaloalkoxy, perhaloacyl, guanidine, pyridinyl, thiophene, furanyl, indole, indazole, phosphonates, phosphates, phosphoramides, sulfonates, sulfones, sulfates, sulphonamides, carbamates, ureas, thioureas and thioamides, wherein R8 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
- R8 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl or —C(O)R9;
- R9 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, —NR10R10 or —OR11, wherein R10 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
- R10 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl;
- R11 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl;
- R12 is hydrogen or lower alkyl;
- R21 is halogen, —OR8, —SR8 or lower alkyl;
- R22 is —NR8R10;
- R23 is hydrogen, —OH or its keto tautomer, —OR8, halogen, —CN, lower alkyl, lower aryl or —C(O)R9;
- R24 is —CHO, —NH2, —NO2 or —NO;
- R25 is halogen or —OH;
- R26 is —C(O)NH2 or C(O)OEt; and
- R27 is —NH2, —OH or halogen.
- Y is represented by any of the following formulae:
- In one embodiment of the compounds prepared by the process of the invention, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, R5 is aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, or heterocyclic, optionally mono- or bicyclic.
- In another embodiment of the compounds of the invention which are prepared by the process of the invention, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, L1 is —Cl, —Br or —NH2; R4 is —CH2—; and R5 is aryl or heteroaryl.
- In another embodiment of the compounds of the invention which are prepared by the process of the invention, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, Y is a pyrazolopyrimidine.
- In another embodiment of the compounds of the invention which are prepared by the process of the invention, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, said reaction is performed in a solvent comprising a member selected from the group of DMF, THF and DMSO.
- In another embodiment of the compounds of the invention which are prepared by the process of the invention, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, said reaction is performed in a solvent that comprises DMF.
- It should be understood that any of the foregoing embodiments can be combined where feasible and appropriate.
- Illustrative species of the compounds of the invention that are based on Formula I, where R2=—NH2 are described in TABLE 1. Prodrugs which can be employed by those compounds include, but are not limited to, those listed in the Definition section.
TABLE 1 Exemplary Compounds of Formula I, R2 is = NH2 No. Ex R1 R3 R4 R5 1 5 Cl H CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl 2 6 Cl H CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 3 Cl H CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 4 Cl H CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 5 Cl H CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 6 Cl H CH2 3,4,5-Trimethylphenyl 7 Cl H CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 8 Cl H CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 9 Cl H CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 10 Cl H CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 11 Cl H CH2 3,5-Dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 12 Cl H CH2 2-Chloro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 13 Cl H CH2 2-Bromo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 14 Cl H CH2 2-Iodo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 15 Cl H CH2 2-Fluoro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 16 Cl i-pr CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl 17 Cl i-pr CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 18 Cl i-pr CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 19 Cl i-pr CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 20 Cl i-pr CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 21 Cl i-pr CH2 3,4,5-Trimethylphenyl 22 Cl i-pr CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 23 Cl i-pr CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 24 Cl i-pr CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 25 Cl i-pr CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 26 Cl i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 27 Cl i-pr CH2 2-Chloro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 28 Cl i-pr CH2 2-Bromo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 29 Cl i-pr CH2 2-Iodo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 30 Cl i-pr CH2 2-Fluoro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 31 Cl Et CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl 32 Cl Et CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 33 Cl Et CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 34 Cl Et CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 35 Cl Et CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 36 Cl Et CH2 3,4,5-Trimethylphenyl 37 Cl Et CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 38 Cl Et CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 39 Cl Et CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 40 Cl Et CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 41 Cl Et CH2 3,5-Dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 42 Cl Et CH2 2-Chloro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 43 Cl Et CH2 2-Bromo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 44 Cl Et CH2 2-Iodo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 45 Cl Et CH2 2-Fluoro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 46 27 Cl Me CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl 47 Cl Me CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 48 Cl Me CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 49 Cl Me CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 50 Cl Me CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 51 Cl Me CH2 3,4,5-Trimethylphenyl 52 Cl Me CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 53 Cl Me CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 54 Cl Me CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 55 Cl Me CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 56 Cl Me CH2 3,5-Dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 57 Cl Me CH2 2-Chloro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 58 Cl Me CH2 2-Bromo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 59 Cl Me CH2 2-Iodo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 60 Cl Me CH2 2-Fluoro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 61 Cl Ph CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl 62 Cl Ph CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 63 Cl Ph CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 64 Cl Ph CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 65 Cl Ph CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 66 Cl Ph CH2 3,4,5-Trimethylphenyl 67 Cl Ph CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 68 Cl Ph CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 69 Cl Ph CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 70 Cl Ph CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 71 Cl Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 72 Cl Ph CH2 2-Chloro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 73 Cl Ph CH2 2-Bromo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 74 Cl Ph CH2 2-Iodo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 75 Cl Ph CH2 2-Fluoro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 76 Cl 2-Py CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl 77 Cl 2-Py CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 78 Cl 2-Py CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 79 Cl 2-Py CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 80 Cl 2-Py CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 81 Cl 2-Py CH2 3,4,5-Trimethylphenyl 82 Cl 2-Py CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 83 Cl 2-Py CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 84 Cl 2-Py CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 85 Cl 2-Py CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 86 Cl 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 87 Cl 2-Py CH2 2-Chloro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 88 Cl 2-Py CH2 2-Bromo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 89 Cl 2-Py CH2 2-Iodo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 90 Cl 2-Py CH2 2-Fluoro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 91 Cl Me CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl 92 Cl Me CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 93 Cl Me CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 94 Cl Me CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 95 Cl Me CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 96 Cl Ph CH2 3,4,5-Trimethylphenyl 97 Cl Ph CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 98 Cl Ph CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 99 Cl Ph CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 100 Cl Ph CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 101 Cl Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 102 Cl Ph CH2 2-Chloro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 103 Cl Ph CH2 2-Bromo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 104 Cl Ph CH2 2-Iodo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 105 Cl Pr CH2 2-Fluoro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 106 Cl Pr CH2 3,5-Dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 107 Cl Pr CH2 2-Chloro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 108 Cl Pr CH2 2-Bromo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 109 Cl Pr CH2 2-Iodo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 110 Cl Pr CH2 2-Fluoro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 111 Cl Pr CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl 112 Cl Pr CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 113 Cl Pr CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 114 Cl Pr CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 115 Cl Pr CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 116 Cl Pr CH2 3,4,5-Trimethylphenyl 117 Cl Pr CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 118 Cl Pr CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 119 Cl Pr CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 120 Cl Pr CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 121 Cl Pr CH2 3,5-Dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 122 Cl Pr CH2 2-Chloro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 123 Cl Pr CH2 2-Bromo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 124 Cl Pr CH2 2-Iodo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 125 Cl Pr CH2 2-Fluoro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 126 Br H CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl 127 Br H CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 128 Br H CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 129 Br H CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 130 Br H CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 131 Br H CH2 3,4,5-Trimethylphenyl 132 Br H CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 133 Br H CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 134 Br H CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 135 Br H CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 136 Br H CH2 3,5-Dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 137 Br H CH2 2-Chloro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 138 Br H CH2 2-Bromo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 139 Br H CH2 2-Iodo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 140 Br H CH2 2-Fluoro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 141 Cl i-Bu CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl 142 Cl i-Bu CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 143 Cl i-Bu CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 144 Cl i-Bu CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 145 Cl i-Bu CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 146 Cl i-Bu CH2 3,4,5-Trimethylphenyl 147 Cl i-Bu CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 148 Cl i-Bu CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 149 Cl i-Bu CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 150 Cl i-Bu CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 151 Cl i-Bu CH2 3,5-Dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 152 Cl i-Bu CH2 2-Chloro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 153 Cl i-Bu CH2 2-Bromo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 154 Cl i-Bu CH2 2-Iodo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 155 Cl i-Bu CH2 2-Fluoro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 156 Cl CN CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl 157 Cl CN CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 158 Cl CN CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 159 Cl CN CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 160 Cl CN CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl 161 Cl CN CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 162 Cl CN CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 163 Cl CN CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 164 Cl CN CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 165 Cl CN CH2 3,4,5-Trimethylphenyl 166 Cl CN CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 167 Cl CN CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 168 Cl CN CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 169 Cl CN CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 170 Cl CN CH2 3,5-Dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 171 Cl CN CH2 2-Chloro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 172 Cl CN CH2 2-Bromo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 173 Cl CN CH2 2-Iodo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 174 Cl CN CH2 2-Fluoro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 175 Cl Cl CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl 176 Cl Cl CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 177 Cl Cl CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 178 Cl Cl CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 179 Cl Cl CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 180 Cl Cl CH2 3,4,5-Trimethylphenyl 181 Cl Cl CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 182 Cl Cl CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 183 Cl Cl CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 184 Cl Cl CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 185 Cl Cl CH2 3,5-Dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 186 Cl Cl CH2 2-Chloro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 187 Cl Cl CH2 2-Bromo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 188 Cl Cl CH2 2-Iodo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 189 Cl Cl CH2 2-Fluoro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 190 Cl Br CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl 191 Cl Br CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 192 Cl Br CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 193 Cl Br CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 194 Cl Br CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 195 Cl Br CH2 3,4,5-Trimethylphenyl 196 Cl Br CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 197 Cl Br CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 198 Cl Br CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 199 Cl Br CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 200 Cl Br CH2 3,5-Dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 201 Cl Br CH2 2-Chloro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 202 Cl Br CH2 2-Bromo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 203 Cl Br CH2 2-Iodo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 204 Cl Br CH2 2-Fluoro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 205 Cl I CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl 206 Cl I CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 207 Cl I CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 208 Cl I CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 209 Cl I CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 210 Cl I CH2 3,4,5-Trimethylphenyl 211 Cl I CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 212 Cl I CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 213 Cl I CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 214 Cl I CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 215 Cl I CH2 3,5-Dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 216 Cl I CH2 2-Chloro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 217 Cl I CH2 2-Bromo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 218 Cl I CH2 2-Iodo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 219 Cl I CH2 2-Fluoro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 220 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl 221 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 222 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 223 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 224 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 225 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 3,4,5-Trimethylphenyl 226 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 227 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 228 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 229 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethylphenyl 230 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 3,5-Dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 231 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 2-Chloro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 232 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 2-Bromo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 233 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 2-Iodo-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 234 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 2-Fluoro-3,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl 235 Cl 3-Py CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl 236 Cl 3-Py CH2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 237 Cl 3-Py CH2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 238 Cl 3-Py CH2 2-Iodo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 239 Cl 3-Py CH2 2-Fluoro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 240 7 Cl H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 241 10 Cl H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 242 Cl H CH2 6-Bromo-3,5-dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 243 8 Cl H CH2 6-Chloro-3,5-dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 244 14 Cl H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 245 15 Cl H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 246 9 Cl H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 247 Cl H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 248 Cl H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 249 Cl H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 250 Cl H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 251 Cl H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 252 Cl H CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 253 Cl H CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 254 Cl H CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 255 Cl H CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 256 Cl H CH2 3-Bromo-4,5,6-trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 257 Cl H CH2 3-Chloro-4,5,6-trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 258 Cl H CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl 259 Cl H CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 260 Cl H CH2 3-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl 261 Cl H CH2 3-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl 262 Cl H CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 263 Cl H CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 264 Cl H CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-pyridin-2-yl 265 Cl H CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 266 Cl H CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 267 Cl H CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-bromopyridin-3-yl 268 Cl H CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-chloropyridin-3-yl 269 Cl H CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-3-yl 270 Cl H CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-3-yl 271 Cl H CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-methoxypyridin-4-yl 272 Cl H CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 273 Cl H CH2 2,3,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 274 Cl H CH2 2,3,6-Trimethoxy-pyridin-4-yl 275 Cl H CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-bromopyridin-4-yl 276 Cl H CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-chloropyridin-4-yl 277 Cl H CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-methoxy-1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 278 Cl H CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 279 Cl H CH2 2,3,6-Trimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 280 Cl H CH2 2,3,6-Trimethoxy-1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 281 Cl H CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-bromo1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 282 Cl H CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-chloro1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 283 Cl H CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-iodopyridin-3-yl 284 Cl H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-aminopyridin-2-yl 285 31 Cl i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 286 Cl i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 287 Cl i-pr CH2 6-Bromo-3,5-dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 288 Cl i-pr CH2 6-Chloro-3,5-dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 289 Cl i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 290 Cl i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 291 Cl i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 292 Cl i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 293 Cl i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 294 Cl i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 295 Cl i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 296 Cl i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 297 Cl i-pr CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 298 Cl i-pr CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 299 Cl i-pr CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 300 Cl i-pr CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxy-1-oxpyridin-2-yl 301 Cl i-pr CH2 3-Bromo-4,5,6-trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 302 Cl i-pr CH2 3-Chloro-4,5,6-trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 303 Cl i-pr CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl 304 Cl i-pr CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 305 Cl i-pr CH2 3-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl 306 Cl i-pr CH2 3-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl 307 CI i-pr CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 308 Cl i-pr CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 309 Cl i-pr CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-pyridin-2-yl 310 Cl i-pr CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 311 Cl i-pr CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 312 Cl i-pr CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-bromopyridin-3-yl 313 Cl i-pr CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-chloropyridin-3 -yl 314 Cl i-pr CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-3-yl 315 Cl i-pr CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-3-yl 316 Cl i-pr CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-methoxypyridin-4-yl 317 Cl i-pr CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 318 Cl i-pr CH2 2,3,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 319 Cl i-pr CH2 2,3,6-Trimethoxy-pyridin-4-yl 320 Cl i-pr CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-bromopyridin-4-yl 321 Cl i-pr CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-chloropyridin-4-yl 322 Cl i-pr CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-methoxy-1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 323 Cl i-pr CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 324 Cl i-pr CH2 2,3,6-Trimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 325 Cl i-pr CH2 2,3,6-Trimethoxy-1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 326 Cl i-pr CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-bromo1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 327 Cl i-pr CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-chloro1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 328 Cl i-pr CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-iodopyridin-3-yl 329 Cl i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-aminopyridin-2-yl 330 23 Cl Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 331 Cl Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 332 28 Cl Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 333 24 Cl Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 334 26 Cl Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 335 25 Cl Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 336 Cl Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 337 Cl Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 338 Cl Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 339 Cl Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 340 Cl Me CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 341 Cl Me CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 342 Cl Me CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 343 Cl Me CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 344 Cl Me CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl 345 Cl Me CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 346 Cl Me CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 347 Cl Me CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 348 Cl Me CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-pyridin-2-yl 349 Cl Me CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 350 Cl Me CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 351 Cl Me CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-bromopyridin-3-yl 352 Cl Me CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-chloropyridin-3-yl 353 Cl Me CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-3-yl 354 Cl Me CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-3-yl 355 Cl Me CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-methoxypyridin-4-yl 356 Cl Me CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 357 Cl Me CH2 2,3,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 358 Cl Me CH2 2,3,6-Trimethoxy-pyridin-4-yl 359 Cl Me CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-bromopyridin-4-yl 360 Cl Me CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-chloropyridin-4-yl 361 Cl Me CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-iodopyridin-3-yl 362 Cl Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-aminopyridin-2-yl 363 29 Cl Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 364 Cl Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 365 Cl Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 366 Cl Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 367 30 Cl Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 368 Cl Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 369 Cl Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 370 Cl Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 371 Cl Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 372 Cl Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 373 Cl Et CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 374 Cl Et CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 375 Cl Et CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 376 Cl Et CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 377 Cl Et CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl 378 Cl Et CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 379 Cl Et CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 380 Cl Et CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 381 Cl Et CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-pyridin-2-yl 382 Cl Et CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 383 Cl Et CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 384 Cl Et CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-bromopyridin-3-yl 385 Cl Et CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-chloropyridin-3-yl 386 Cl Et CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-3-yl 387 Cl Et CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-3-yl 388 Cl Et CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-methoxypyridin-4-yl 389 Cl Et CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 390 Cl Et CH2 2,3,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 391 Cl Et CH2 2,3,6-Trimethoxy-pyridin-4-yl 392 Cl Et CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-bromopyridin-4-yl 393 Cl Et CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-chloropyridin-4-yl 394 Cl Et CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-iodopyridin-3-yl 395 Cl Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-aminopyridin-2-yl 396 Cl 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 397 Cl 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 398 Cl 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 399 Cl 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 400 Cl 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 401 Cl 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 402 Cl 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 403 Cl 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 404 Cl 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 405 Cl 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 406 Cl 2-Py CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 407 Cl 2-Py CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 408 Cl 2-Py CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 409 Cl 2-Py CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 410 Cl 2-Py CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl 411 Cl 2-Py CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 412 Cl 2-Py CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 413 Cl 2-Py CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 414 Cl 2-Py CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-pyridin-2-yl 415 Cl 2-Py CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 416 Cl 2-Py CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 417 Cl 2-Py CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-bromopyridin-3-yl 418 Cl 2-Py CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-chloropyridin-3-yl 419 Cl 2-Py CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-3-yl 420 Cl 2-Py CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-3-yl 421 Cl 2-Py CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-methoxypyridin-4-yl 422 Cl 2-Py CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 423 Cl 2-Py CH2 2,3,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 424 Cl 2-Py CH2 2,3,6-Trimethoxy-pyridin-4-yl 425 Cl 2-Py CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-bromopyridin-4-yl 426 Cl 2-Py CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-chloropyridin-4-yl 427 Cl 2-Py CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-iodopyridin-3-yl 428 Cl 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-aminopyridin-2-yl 429 32 Cl Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 430 Cl Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 431 34 Cl Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 432 Cl Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 433 33 Cl Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 434 35 Cl Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 435 Cl Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 436 Cl Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 437 Cl Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 438 Cl Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 439 Cl Ph CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 440 Cl Ph CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 441 Cl Ph CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 442 Cl Ph CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 443 Cl Ph CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl 444 Cl Ph CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 445 Cl Ph CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 446 Cl Ph CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 447 Cl Ph CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-pyridin-2-yl 448 Cl Ph CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 449 Cl Ph CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 450 Cl Ph CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-bromopyridin-3-yl 451 Cl Ph CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-chloropyridin-3-yl 452 Cl Ph CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-3-yl 453 Cl Ph CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-3-yl 454 Cl Ph CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-methoxypyridin-4-yl 455 Cl Ph CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 456 Cl Ph CH2 2,3,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 457 Cl Ph CH2 2,3,6-Trimethoxy-pyridin-4-yl 458 Cl Ph CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-bromopyridin-4-yl 459 Cl Ph CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-chloropyridin-4-yl 460 Cl Ph CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-iodopyridin-3-yl 461 Cl Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-aminopyridin-2-yl 462 Cl 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 463 Cl 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 464 Cl 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 465 Cl 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 466 Cl 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 467 Cl 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 468 Cl 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 469 Cl 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 470 Cl 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 471 Cl 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 472 Cl 3-Py CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 473 Cl 3-Py CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 474 Cl 3-Py CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 475 Cl 3-Py CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 476 Cl 3-Py CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl 477 Cl 3-Py CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 478 Cl 3-Py CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 479 Cl 3-Py CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 480 Cl 3-Py CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-pyridin-2-yl 481 Cl 3-Py CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 482 Cl 3-Py CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 483 Cl 3-Py CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-bromopyridin-3-yl 484 Cl 3-Py CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-chloropyridin-3-yl 485 Cl 3-Py CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-3-yl 486 Cl 3-Py CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-3-yl 487 Cl 3-Py CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-methoxypyridin-4-yl 488 Cl 3-Py CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 489 Cl 3-Py CH2 2,3,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 490 Cl 3-Py CH2 2,3,6-Trimethoxy-pyridin-4-yl 491 Cl 3-Py CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-bromopyridin-4-yl 492 Cl 3-Py CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-chloropyridin-4-yl 493 Cl 3-Py CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-iodopyridin-3-yl 494 Cl 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-aminopyridin-2-yl 495 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 496 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 497 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 498 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 499 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 500 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 501 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 502 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 503 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 504 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 505 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 506 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 507 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 508 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 509 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl 510 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 511 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 512 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 513 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-pyridin-2-yl 514 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 515 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 516 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-bromopyridin-3-yl 517 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-chloropyridin-3-yl 518 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-3-yl 519 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-3-yl 520 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-methoxypyridin-4-yl 521 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 522 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 2,3,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 523 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 2,3,6-Trimethoxy-pyridin-4-yl 524 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-bromopyridin-4-yl 525 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-chloropyridin-4-yl 526 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-iodopyridin-3-yl 527 Cl CH2—NMe2 CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-aminopyridin-2-yl 528 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 529 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 530 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 531 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 532 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 533 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 534 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 536 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 537 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 538 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 539 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 540 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 541 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 542 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 543 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl 544 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 545 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 546 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 547 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-pyridin-2-yl 548 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 549 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 550 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-bromopyridin-3-yl 551 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-chloropyridin-3-yl 552 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-3-yl 553 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-3-yl 554 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-methoxypyridin-4-yl 555 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 556 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 2,3,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 557 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 2,3,6-Trimethoxy-pyridin-4-yl 558 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-bromopyridin-4-yl 559 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-chloropyridin-4-yl 560 Cl 2-furanyl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-aminopyridin-2-yl 561 Cl Cl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 562 Cl Cl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 563 Cl Cl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 564 Cl Cl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 565 Cl Cl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 566 Cl Cl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 567 Cl Cl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 568 Cl Cl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 569 Cl Cl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 570 Cl Cl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 571 Cl Cl CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 572 Cl Cl CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 573 Cl Cl CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 574 Cl Cl CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 575 Cl Cl CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-aminopyridin-2-yl 576 Cl Br CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 577 Cl Br CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 578 Cl Br CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 579 Br Br CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 580 Cl Br CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 581 Br Br CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 582 Cl Br CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 583 Br Br CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 584 Cl Br CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 585 Br Br CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 586 Cl Br CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 587 Br Br CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 588 Cl Br CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 589 Cl Br CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 590 Cl Br CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-aminopyridin-2-yl 591 Cl I CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 592 Cl I CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 593 Cl I CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 594 Cl I CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 595 Cl I CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 596 Cl I CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 597 Cl I CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 598 Cl I CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 599 Cl I CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 600 Cl I CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 601 Cl I CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 602 Cl I CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 603 Cl I CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 604 Cl I CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 605 Cl I CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-aminopyridin-2-yl 606 Cl CN CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 607 Cl CN CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 608 Cl CN CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 609 Cl CN CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxpyridin-2-yl 610 Cl CN CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 611 Cl CN CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 612 Cl CN CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 613 Cl CN CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 614 Cl CN CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 615 Cl CN CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 616 Cl CN CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 617 Cl CN CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 618 Cl CN CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 619 Cl CN CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 620 Cl CN CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-aminopyridin-2-yl 621 Cl H C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 622 Cl H C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 623 Cl H C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 624 Cl H C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 625 Cl H C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 626 Cl H C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 627 Cl H C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 628 Cl H C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 629 Cl H C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 630 Cl H C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 631 Cl H C(O) 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 632 Cl H C(O) 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 633 Cl H C(O) 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 634 Cl H C(O) 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 635 Cl H C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-aminopyridin-2-yl 636 Cl H S(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 637 Cl H S(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 638 Cl H S(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyndin-2-yl 639 Cl H S(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 640 Cl H S(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 641 Cl H S(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxpyridin-2-yl 642 Cl H S(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 643 Cl H S(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 644 Cl H S(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 645 Cl H S(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 646 Cl Br S(O) 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 647 Cl H S(O) 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 648 Cl Br S(O) 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 649 Cl H S(O) 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 650 Cl H SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 651 Cl H SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 652 Cl H SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 653 Cl H SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 654 Cl Br SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 655 Cl H SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 656 Cl H SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 657 Cl H SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 658 Cl H SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 659 Cl H SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 660 Cl H SO2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 661 Cl H SO2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 662 Cl H SO2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 663 Cl H SO2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 664 Cl i-pr C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 665 Cl i-pr C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 666 Cl i-pr C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 667 Cl i-pr C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 668 Cl i-pr C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 669 Cl i-pr C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 670 Cl i-pr C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 671 Cl i-pr C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 672 Cl i-pr C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 673 Cl i-pr C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 674 Cl i-pr C(O) 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 675 Cl i-pr C(O) 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 676 Cl i-pr C(O) 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 677 Cl i-pr C(O) 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 678 Cl i-pr C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-aminopyridin-2-yl 679 Cl i-pr S(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 680 Cl i-pr S(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 681 Cl i-pr S(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 682 Cl i-pr S(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 683 Cl i-pr S(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 684 Cl i-pr S(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 685 Cl i-pr S(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 686 Cl i-pr S(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 687 Cl i-pr S(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 688 Cl i-pr S(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 689 Cl i-pr S(O) 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 690 Cl i-pr S(O) 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 691 Cl i-pr S(O) 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 692 Cl i-pr S(O) 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 693 Cl i-pr SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 694 Cl i-pr SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 695 Cl i-pr SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 696 Cl i-pr SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 697 Cl i-pr SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 698 Cl i-pr SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 699 Cl i-pr SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 700 Cl i-pr SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 701 Cl i-pr SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 702 Cl i-pr SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 703 Cl i-pr SO2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 704 Cl i-pr SO2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 705 Cl i-pr SO2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 706 Cl i-pr SO2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 707 Cl H C(O) 3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl 708 Cl H C(O) 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 709 Cl H C(O) 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 710 Cl H C(O) 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxyphenyl 711 Cl H C(O) 2-Chloro-3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxyphenyl 712 Cl H C(O) 2-Bromo-3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxyphenyl 713 Cl H SO2 3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl 714 Cl H SO2 2-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 715 Cl H SO2 2-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 716 Cl H SO2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxyphenyl 717 Cl H SO2 2-Chloro-3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxyphenyl 718 Cl H SO2 2-Bromo-3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxyphenyl 719 Br H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 720 Br H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 721 Br H CH2 6-Bromo-3,5-dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 722 Br H CH2 6-Chloro-3,5-dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 723 Br H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 724 Br H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 725 Br H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 726 Br H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 727 Br H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 728 Br H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 729 Br H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 730 Br H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 731 Br H CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 732 Br H CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 733 Br H CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 734 Br H CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 735 Br H CH2 3-Bromo-4,5,6-trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 736 Br H CH2 3-Chloro-4,5,6-trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 737 Br H CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl 738 Br H CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 739 Br H CH2 3-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl 740 Br H CH2 3-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl 741 Br H CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 742 Br H CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 743 Br H CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-pyridin-2-yl 744 Br H CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 745 Br H CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 746 Br H CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-bromopyridin-3-yl 747 Br H CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-chloropyridin-3-yl 748 Br H CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-3-yl 749 Br H CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-3-yl 750 Br H CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-methoxypyridin-4-yl 751 Br H CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 752 Br H CH2 2,3,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 753 Br H CH2 2,3,6-Trimethoxy-pyridin-4-yl 754 Br H CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-bromopyridin-4-yl 755 Br H CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-chloropyridin-4-yl 756 Br H CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-methoxy-1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 757 Br H CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 758 Br H CH2 2,3,6-Trimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 759 Br H CH2 2,3,6-Trimethoxy-1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 760 Br H CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-bromo1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 761 Br H CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-chloro1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 762 Br H CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-iodopyridin-3-yl 763 Br H CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-aminopyridin-2-yl 764 Br i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 765 Br i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 766 Br i-pr CH2 6-Bromo-3,5-dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 767 Br i-pr CH2 6-Chloro-3,5-dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 768 Br i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 769 Br i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 770 Br i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 771 Br i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 772 Br i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 773 Br i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 774 Br i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 775 Br i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 776 Br i-pr CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 777 Br i-pr CH2 3,4,5-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 778 Br i-pr CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 779 Br i-pr CH2 4,5,6-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 780 Br i-pr CH2 3-Bromo-4,5,6-trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 781 Br i-pr CH2 3-Chloro-4,5,6-trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 782 Br i-pr CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl 783 Br i-pr CH2 3,4,5-Trimethoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 784 Br i-pr CH2 3-Bromo-3,4,5-trimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl 785 Br i-pr CH2 3-Chloro-3,4,5-trimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl 786 Br i-pr CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-2-yl 787 Br i-pr CH2 4,5,6-Trimethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 788 Br i-pr CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-pyridin-2-yl 789 Br i-pr CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 790 Br i-pr CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 791 Br i-pr CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-bromopyridin-3-yl 792 Br i-pr CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-chloropyridin-3-yl 793 Br i-pr CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-3-yl 794 Br i-pr CH2 5,6-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-3-yl 795 Br i-pr CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-methoxypyridin-4-yl 796 Br i-pr CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 797 Br i-pr CH2 2,3,6-Trimethyl-pyridin-4-yl 798 Br i-pr CH2 2,3,6-Trimethoxy-pyridin-4-yl 799 Br i-pr CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-bromopyridin-4-yl 800 Br i-pr CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-chloropyridin-4-yl 801 Br i-pr CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-methoxy-1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 802 Br i-pr CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 803 Br i-pr CH2 2,3,6-Trimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 804 Br i-pr CH2 2,3,6-Trimethoxy-1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 805 Br i-pr CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-bromo1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 806 Br i-pr CH2 2,6-Dimethyl-3-chloro1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl 807 Br i-pr CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-iodopyridin-3-yl 808 Br i-pr CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-aminopyridin-2-yl 809 Br Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 810 Br Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 811 Br Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 812 Br Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 813 Br Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 814 Br Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 815 Br Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 816 Br Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 817 Br Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 818 Br Ph CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 819 Br Ph CH2 3-Bromo-4,5,6-trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 820 Br Ph CH2 3-Chloro-4,5,6-trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 821 Br Ph CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 822 Br Ph CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 823 Br Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 824 Br Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 825 Br Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 826 Br Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 827 Br Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 828 Br Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 829 Br Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 830 Br Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 831 Br Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 832 Br Et CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 833 Br Et CH2 3-Bromo-4,5,6-trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 834 Br Et CH2 3-Chloro-4,5,6-trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 835 Br Et CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 836 Br Et CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 837 Br Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 838 Br Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 839 Br Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 840 Br Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 841 Br Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 842 Br Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 843 Br Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 844 Br Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 845 Br Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 846 Br Me CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 847 Br Me CH2 3-Bromo-4,5,6-trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 848 Br Me CH2 3-Chloro-4,5,6-trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 849 Br Me CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 850 Br Me CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 851 Br 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 852 Br 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 853 Br 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 854 Br 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 855 Br 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 856 Br 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 857 Br 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 858 Br 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 859 Br 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 860 Br 2-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 861 Br 2-Py CH2 3-Bromo-4,5,6-trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 862 Br 2-Py CH2 3-Chloro-4,5,6-trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 863 Br 2-Py CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 864 Br 2-Py CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl 865 Br 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxypyridin-2-yl 866 Br 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 867 Br 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromopyridin-2-yl 868 Br 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-bromo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 869 Br 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloropyridin-2-yl 870 Br 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-chloro-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 871 Br 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodopyridin-2-yl 872 Br 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-iodo-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 873 Br 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-pyridin-2-yl 874 Br 3-Py CH2 3,5-Dimethyl-4-thiomethyl-1-oxypyridin-2-yl 875 Br 3-Py CH2 3-Bromo-4,5,6-trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 876 Br 3-Py CH2 3-Chloro-4,5,6-trimethoxypyridin-2-yl 877 Br 3-Py CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxypyridin-3-yl 878 Br 3-Py CH2 4,6-Dimethyl-5-methoxy-1-oxypyridin-3-yl
Particularly preferred compounds in Table 1 are 1, 2, 3 16, 17, 18, 27, 28, 47, 48, 62, 63, 77, 78, 92, 93, 97, 98, 129, 130, 242, 243, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 267, 268, 287, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 312, 313, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 351, 352, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 370, 384, 385, 398, 399, 400, 401, 417, 418, 431, 432, 433, 434, 435, 436, 437, 438, 439, 440, 450, 451, 464, 465, 466, 466, 467, 468, 469, 470, 471, 433, 484, 497, 498, 530, 531, 550, 551, 563, 564, 575, 576, 578, 579, 590, 591, 593, 594, 605, 606, 608, 609, 620, 621, 721, 722, 725, 726, 727, 728, 729, 730, 746, 747, 766, 767, 791, 792, 811, 812, 823, 824, 825, 826, 839, 840, 853, 854, 867, and 868. The more preferred compounds are 242, 243, 245, 246, 247, 248, 267, 268, 287, 288, 312, 313, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 365, 369, 398, 417, 431, 432, 433, 434, 435, 436, 437, 438, 450, 451, 464, 465, 483, and 484.
III. Synthesis of the Compounds of the Invention - The compounds the present invention may be synthesized by various methods known in the art, including those described in, for example, Gillespie, WO 02/055082; Dempcy, US Publication No. U.S. 2003/0078413. For the synthesis of compounds of Formulae I and II, a general strategy is outlined in Scheme 1 and consists of three parts: (1) constructing the bicyclic system, starting from either a pyridine or a pyrazole, (2) appending the —R4—R5 group, and (3) further elaborating the ring systems.
-
-
-
- The compounds of Formula 3 can be prepared from pyrimidines as outlined in Scheme 2. For instance:
- Method 1.1.1
- The compound of Formula 3, wherein R6 is —Cl, R7 is —NH2, and R3 is —H, is readily prepared by treating 2-amino-4,6-dichloro-pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde (Formula 1) with hydrazine, see, F. Seela, Heterocycles 1985, 23, 2521; F. Seela, Helv. Chim. Acta 1986, 69, 1602; and R. O. Dempcy, WO 03/022859.
- Method 1.1.2
- The compounds of Formula 3, wherein R6 is Cl, R7 is NH2 and R3 is alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl have not been previously reported. They can be made by converting a compound of Formula 1 to a compound of Formula 5 in two steps: i) Nucleophilic addition to the carbonyl group; and ii) Oxidation of the resulting alcohol. In a subsequent step, the compound of Formula 5 is converted to the compound of Formula 3 by reaction with hydrazine, or an equivalent thereof.
- Method 1.1.3
- The compounds of Formula 3 wherein R3 is NH2 can be obtained by treatment of a nitrile of Formula 6 with hydrazine (See, A. M. El-Reedy, Phosphorus, Sulfur, Silicon, Relat. Elem. 1989, 42, 231).
- The compounds of Formula 3 wherein R3 is OH can be obtained by treatment of a nitrile of Formula 6 with hydrazine followed by hydrolysis (See, Ciba, Patent No. UK 884,151 (1961)).
- Method 1.1.4
- The compounds of Formula 3 wherein R3 is OH can be obtained by treatment of an acid, ester, or activated ester (or equivalent thereof) of Formula 7 with hydrazine (Ciba, Patent No. UK 884,151 (1961)).
- 1.2. Assembly of the Pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine Starting from a Pyrazole
-
- Compounds of Formula 2 wherein R13 is —CONH2 and R14 is NH2 can be treated with Ph—CO—NCS to give compounds of Formula 3 in which R6 is OH and R7 is NH2 (F. Babin, J. Heterocycl. Chem. 1983, 20, 1169.)
- Compounds of Formula 2 wherein R13 is —CN and R14 is NH2 can be treated with thiourea or guanidine to give compounds of Formula 3 in which R6 is NH2 and R7 is NH2 (H. Kosaku, Heterocycles, 2001, 55, 2279).
- Compounds of Formula 2 wherein R13 is —CONH2 and R14 is NH2 can be treated with CS2 or EtOCS2K to give compounds of Formula 3 in which R6 is OH and R7 is SH (S. M. Bennett, J. Med. Chem. 1990, 33, 2162).
- 2. Incorporation of the —R4—R5 Fragment.
- 2.1. Alkylation of Compounds of Formula 3
- Compounds of Formula 3 can be alkylated in the presence of a base such as K2CO3, NaH, Cs2CO3, DBU etc. with/without the presence of a catalyst such as NaI, KI, (Bu)3NI etc., and in a polar solvent such as DMF, THF, DMSO etc. using electrophiles such as L1-R4—R5 where L1 is a leaving group. Leaving groups include but are not limited to, e.g., halogen, triflate, tosylate, mesylate, triphenylphosphonium (generated under Mitsunobu conditions, e.g. PPh3/DEAD) etc. (See Kasibhatla, WO 03/037860)
- 2.2. Preparation of Electrophiles L1-R4—R5 wherein L1 is a Leaving Group and of Nucleophiles NH2—R4—R5.
-
- The electrophiles can be prepared from the substituted benzene derivatives using various methods reported in the literature, see Jerry March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, 4th edition; Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, 1989, VCH, New York. For example the compounds wherein L1 is Br can be prepared by reduction of the corresponding benzoic acid or benzaldehyde, followed by halogenation. These benzyl derivatives can also be prepared by benzylic oxidation or benzylic halogenation. Further modification of the benzyl ring can be done before or after the pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine alkylation step. The corresponding amines where L1 is NH2 can be prepared by a variety of methods, for instance from compounds where L1 is leaving group such as chloride, bromide, tosylate, mesylate etc. using ammonia, or with sodium azide followed by hydrogenation.
-
- These compounds can be prepared from many methods reported in the literature. Morisawa, J. Med. Chem. 1974, 17, 1083; Klaus, W., J. Med. Chem. 1992, 35, 438; Abramovitch, R. A.; Smith, E. M. “Pyridine-1-oxide in Pyridine and its Derivatives” in The Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds; Weissberger, A., Taylor, E. C., Eds.; John Wiley, New York, 1974, Pt. 2, pp 1-261; Jeromin, G. E., Chem. Ber. 1987, 120, 649. Blanz, E. J., J. Med. Chem. 1970, 13, 1124; Smith, Kline and French, EP 0184322, 1986; Abblard, J., Bull. Soc. Chim. Fr. 1972, 2466; Fisher, B. E., “The Structure of Isomaltol” J. Org. Chem. 1964, 29, 776. De Cat, A., Bull. Soc. Chim. Belg. 1965, 74, 270; Looker, J. H., J. Org. Chem. 1979, 44, 3407. Ackerman, J. F. Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Notre Dame, June, 1949. These methods can be applied to the synthesis of quinoline and isoquinolines type compounds.
- 3. Further Elaboration of the Ring Systems.
- 3.1. Functional Group Interconversions of R1:
- Compounds of Formula I, wherein R1 is —OH, can be converted to halides using standard conditions POCl3, POBr3 etc. with/without the presence of base such as Et3N, N,N-dimethylaniline, (i-Pr)2NEt etc. and with/without a catalyst such as BnEt3N+Cl−, in polar solvents such as CH3CN, CH2Cl2 etc. Related methods include, but are not limited to, SOCl2/DMF (M. J. Robins, Can. J. Chem. 1973, 12, 3161), PPh3/CCl4 (L. De Napoli, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans 1, 1994, 923), HMPT/CCl4 or HMPT/NBS (E. A. Veliz, Tetrahedron Lett, 2000, 41, 1695) or PPh3/I2 (X. Lin, Org. Letters, 2000, 2, 3497).
- Compounds of Formula I, wherein R1 is —NH2, can be converted to halides by a Balz-Schiemann (F) or Sandmeyer reaction (Cl, Br, I) by means of a nitrosylating agent (e.g. NaNO2/H+, NOBF4, RONO) and a halogen donor (e.g. BF4 −, CuX2, SbX3, where X is a halogen).
- Compounds of Formula I, wherein R1 is alkyl can be prepared from compounds of Formula 3 where R1 is halogen and trialkyl aluminum or dialkyl zinc (A. Holy, J. Med. Chem. 1999, 42, 2064).
- Compounds of Formula I, wherein R1 is a halide can be converted to compounds wherein
-
- R1 is —NH2, —OH, —SH, —OR, —SR with standard reagents, e.g. NH3, NaOH, thiourea, RO−, RS−, with or without a catalyst (e.g. Pd, Ni, Cu, Lewis acid, H+), wherein R is lower alkyl.
- 3.2. Functional Group Interconversions of R2:
- Compounds of Formula I, wherein R1 is —NH2 can be temporarily protected, e.g. as an amide (Ac2O, PivCl, (tBoc)2O) or a formamidine (DMF-DMA).
- Compounds of Formula I, wherein R2 is NH2 can be converted to halides by a Balz-Schiemann (F) or Sandmeyer reaction (Cl, Br, I) by means of a nitrosylating agent (e.g. NaNO2/H+, NOBF4, RONO) and a halogen donor (e.g. BF4 −, CuX2, SbX3) where X is a halogen.
- Compounds of Formula I, wherein R2 is a halide can be converted to compounds wherein R2 is NH2, OH, SH, OR8, SR8 with standard reagents, e.g. NH3, NaOH, thiourea, R8O−, R8S−, with or without a catalyst (e.g. Pd, Ni, Cu, Lewis acid, H+).
- Compounds of Formula I, wherein R2 is SH can be converted to halides (Br2). They can also be oxidized (e.g. H2O2) and treated with ammonia to give a NH2 group (S. M. Bennett, J. Med. Chem. 1990, 33, 2162).
- Compounds of Formula I, wherein R2 is a sulfide, e.g. MeS—, can be converted to a sulfone, e.g. MeSO2 −, and displaced with a nucleophile, e.g. NH3 or NH2—NH2, N3 −, CN−.
- 3.3. Functional Group Interconversions of R3:
- Compounds of Formula I, wherein R3 is H can be converted to compounds of Formula I wherein R3 is a halogen (e.g. NCS, NBS, NIS, Br2, ICl, I2/KOH. F. Seela et al, Helv. Chim. Acta 1999, 82, 105).
- Compounds of Formula I wherein R3 is a halogen can be functionalized by Pd-catalyzed reactions ((a) Sonogashira coupling: E. C. Taylor et al, Tetrahedron, 1992, 48, 8089. (b) carboxylation: J. W. Pawlik, J. Heterocycl. Chem. 1992, 29, 1357 (c) Suzuki coupling (T. Y. I Wu, Org. Lett., 2003, 5, 3587) or by addition of nucleophiles (e.g. hydrazine, B. M. Lynch, Can. J. Chem. 1988, 66, 420).
- Compounds of Formula I, wherein R3 is a halide can be converted to compounds wherein
-
- R3 is NH2, OH, SH, OR8, SR8 with standard reagents, e.g. NH3, NaOH, thiourea, R8O−, R8S−, with or without a catalyst (e.g. Pd, Ni, Cu, Lewis acid, H+).
- Compounds of Formula I, wherein R3 is MeO can be demethylated to provide compounds of Formula I, wherein R3 is OH (J. D. Anderson, J. Heterocycl. Chem., 1990 27, 439).
- 3.4. Further Elaboration of R5:
- R5 especially when it is aryl or heteroaryl, can be further modified as needed, for example by halogenation, nitration, palladium coupling of halogen, Friedel-Crafts alkylation/acylation, etc. or these modifications can also be done before alkylation, see Jerry March, Advanced Organic Chemistry. The heteroaromatic rings can also be oxidized to their corresponding N-oxides using various oxidizing agents such as H2O2, O3, MCPBA etc. in polar solvents such as CH2Cl2, CHCl3, CF3COOH etc. See Jerry March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, 4th edition, Chapter 19. Examples of modifications are suggested in Scheme 5.
4. Permutations of the Order of Events - As mentioned above, the events (1) assembly of the bicyclic system (2) appendage of the R5—R4— moiety, and (3) further elaboration of the ring systems do not necessarily have to be made in the sequence of (1)-(2)-(3), and it may be beneficial to proceed in a different sequence.
- For illustrative purposes, Scheme 6 shows a putative synthesis in which the order of events is not (1)-(2)-(3), but is (1)-(3)-(2).
-
- For illustrative purposes, Scheme 7 shows a putative synthesis in which the order of events is not (1)-(2)-(3), but is (2)-(1)-(3). First the R group is appended to a pyrimidine via an aromatic nucleophilic substitution, then the bicyclic ring system is constructed, and finally a series of functional group interconversions yields the compound of Formula I.
- Also, if R5 is, for instance, a pyridine, it can be converted to a N-oxide either before or after alkylation.
- IV. Pharmaceutical Compositions, Dosing, and Modes of Administration
- The present invention is directed to the clinical use of the heterocyclics, in particular, the pyrazolopyrimidines and their related analogs of Formulae A, I and II, and their polymorphs, solvates, esters, tautomers, diastereomers, enantiomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof, for use in treatment or prevention of diseases that are HSP90-dependent. For example, a disorder such as inflammatory diseases, infections, autoimmune disorders, stroke, ischemia, cardiac disorder, neurological disorders, fibrogenetic disorders, proliferative disorders, tumors, leukemias, neoplasms, cancers, carcinomas, metabolic diseases, and malignant disease. The fibrogenetic disorders include but are not limited to scleroderma, polymyositis, systemic lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, liver cirrhosis, keloid formation, interstitial nephritis and pulmonary fibrosis.
- The present invention features pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compound of Formulae A, I and II, or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, enantiomer, diastereomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or prodrug thereof, of any of the preceding aspect and embodiments and one or more pharmaceutical excipients.
- Those of ordinary skill in the art are familiar with formulation and administration techniques that can be employed with the compounds and methods of the invention, e.g., as discussed in Goodman and Gilman, The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, (current edition), Pergamon; and Remington's, Pharmaceutical Sciences (current edition), Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa.
- The compounds utilized in the methods of the instant invention may be administered either alone or in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients or diluents, in a pharmaceutical composition, according to standard pharmaceutical practices. The compounds can be administered orally or parenterally, including the intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, rectal and topical routes of administration.
- For example, the therapeutic or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be administered locally to the area in need of treatment. This may be achieved by, for example, but not limited to, local infusion during surgery, topical application, e.g., cream, ointment, injection, catheter, or implant, said implant made, e.g., out of a porous, non-porous, or gelatinous material, including membranes, such as sialastic membranes, or fibers. The administration can also be by direct injection at the site (or former site) of a tumor or neoplastic or pre-neoplastic tissue.
- Still further, the compounds or compositions of the invention can be delivered in a vesicle, e.g., a liposome (see, for example, Langer, Science 1990, 249, 1527-1533; Treat et al., Liposomes in the Therapy of Infectious Disease and Cancer, Lopez-Bernstein and Fidler, Ed., Liss, N.Y., pp. 353-365, 1989).
- The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions used in the methods of the present invention can also be delivered in a controlled release system. In one embodiment, a pump may be used (see, Sefton, 1987, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201; Buchwald et al. Surgery, 1980, 88, 507; Saudek et al. N. Engl. J. Med. 1989, 321, (574). Additionally, a controlled release system can be placed in proximity of the therapeutic target. (See, Goodson, Medical Applications of Controlled Release, 1984, 2, 115-138).
- The pharmaceutical compositions used in the methods of the instant invention can also contain the active ingredient in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs. Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions, and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. These excipients may be, for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, such as microcrystalline cellulose, sodium crosscarmellose, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example starch, gelatin, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example, magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. The tablets may be un-coated or coated by known techniques to mask the taste of the drug or delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a water soluble taste masking material such as hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose or hydroxypropylcellulose, or a time delay material such as ethyl cellulose, or cellulose acetate butyrate may be employed as appropriate.
- Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water soluble carrier such as polyethyleneglycol or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
- Aqueous suspensions contain the active material in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Such excipients are suspending agents, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethylene-oxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
- Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example arachisd oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. The oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as butylated hydroxyanisol or alpha-tocopherol.
- Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, may also be present. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
- The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions used in the methods of the instant invention may also be in the form of an oil-in-water emulsions. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil, for example olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, for example liquid paraffin or mixtures of these. Suitable emulsifying agents may be naturally-occurring phosphatides, for example soy bean lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The emulsions may also contain sweetening agents, flavoring agents, preservatives and antioxidants.
- Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative, flavoring and coloring agents and antioxidant.
- The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous solution. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
- The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable oil-in-water microemulsion where the active ingredient is dissolved in the oily phase. For example, the active ingredient may be first dissolved in a mixture of soybean oil and lecithin. The oil solution then introduced into a water and glycerol mixture and processed to form a microemulsion.
- The injectable solutions or microemulsions may be introduced into a patient's blood-stream by local bolus injection. Alternatively, it may be advantageous to administer the solution or microemulsion in such a way as to maintain a constant circulating concentration of the instant compound. In order to maintain such a constant concentration, a continuous intravenous delivery device may be utilized. An example of such a device is the Deltec CADD-PLUS™ model 5400 intravenous pump.
- The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension for intramuscular and subcutaneous administration. This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butane diol. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
- The compounds of the present invention used in the methods of the present invention may also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration of the drug. These compositions can be prepared by mixing the inhibitors with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials include cocoa butter, glycerinated gelatin, hydrogenated vegetable oils, mixtures of polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights and fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycol.
- For topical use, creams, ointments, jellies, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing a compound or composition of the invention can be used. As used herein, topical application can include mouth washes and gargles.
- The compounds used in the methods of the present invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles and delivery devices, or via transdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. To be administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen.
- The methods, compounds and compositions of the instant invention may also be used in conjunction with other well known therapeutic agents that are selected for their particular usefulness against the condition that is being treated. For example, the instant compounds may be useful in combination with known anti-cancer and cytotoxic agents. Further, the instant methods and compounds may also be useful in combination with other inhibitors of parts of the signaling pathway that links cell surface growth factor receptors to nuclear signals initiating cellular proliferation.
- The methods of the present invention may also be useful with other agents that inhibit angiogenesis and thereby inhibit the growth and invasiveness of tumor cells, including, but not limited to VEGF receptor inhibitors, including ribozymes and antisense targeted to VEGF receptors, angiostatin and endostatin.
- Examples of antineoplastic agents that can be used in combination with the compounds and methods of the present invention include, in general, and as appropriate, alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, epidophyllotoxins, antineoplastic enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, procarbazines, mitoxantrones, platinum coordination complexes, biological response modifiers and growth inhibitors, hormonal/anti-hormonal therapeutic agents and haematopoietic growth factors. Exemplary classes of antineoplastic include the anthracyclines, vinca drugs, mitomycins, bleomycins, cytotoxic nucleosides, epothilones, discodermolides, pteridines, diynenes and podophyllotoxins. Particularly useful members of those classes include, for example, carminomycin, daunorubicin, aminopterin, methotrexate, methopterin, dichloromethotrexate, mitomycin C, porfiromycin, 5-fluorouracil, 6-mercaptopurine, gemcitabine, cytosine arabinoside, podophyllotoxin or podo-phyllotoxin derivatives such as etoposide, etoposide phosphate or teniposide, melphalan, vinblastine, vincristine, leurosidine, vindesine, leurosine, paclitaxel and the like. Other useful antineoplastic agents include estramustine, carboplatin, cyclophosphamide, bleomycin, gemcitibine, ifosamide, melphalan, hexamethyl melamine, thiotepa, cytarabin, idatrexate, trimetrexate, dacarbazine, L-asparaginase, camptothecin, CPT-11, topotecan, ara-C, bicalutamide, flutamide, leuprolide, pyridobenzoindole derivatives, interferons and interleukins.
- When a compound or composition of the invention is administered into a human subject, the daily dosage will normally be determined by the prescribing physician with the dosage generally varying according to the age, weight, and response of the individual patient, as well as the severity of the patient's symptoms.
- In one exemplary application, a suitable amount of compound is administered to a mammal undergoing treatment for cancer, for example, breast cancer. Administration typically occurs in an amount of between about 0.01 mg/kg of body weight to about 100 mg/kg of body weight per day (administered in single or divided doses), more preferably at least about 0.1 mg/kg of body weight per day. A particular therapeutic dosage can include, e.g., from about 0.01 mg to about 1000 mg of compound, and preferably includes, e.g., from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg. The quantity of active compound in a unit dose of preparation may be varied or adjusted from about 0.1 mg to 1000 mg, preferably from about 1 mg to 300 mg, more preferably 10 mg to 200 mg, according to the particular application. The amount administered will vary depending on the particular IC50 value of the compound used and the judgment of the attending clinician taking into consideration factors such as health, weight, and age. In combinational applications in which the compound is not the sole active ingredient, it may be possible to administer lesser amounts of compound and still have therapeutic or prophylactic effect.
- Preferably, the pharmaceutical preparation is in unit dosage form. In such form, the preparation is subdivided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component, e.g., an effective amount to achieve the desired purpose.
- The actual dosage employed may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the severity of the condition being treated. Determination of the proper dosage for a particular situation is within the skill of the art. Generally, treatment is initiated with smaller dosages which are less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small amounts until the optimum effect under the circumstances is reached. For convenience, the total daily dosage may be divided and administered in portions during the day if desired.
- The amount and frequency of administration of the compounds and compositions of the present invention used in the methods of the present invention, and if applicable other chemotherapeutic agents and/or radiation therapy, will be regulated according to the judgment of the attending clinician (physician) considering such factors as age, condition and size of the patient as well as severity of the disease being treated.
- The chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation therapy can be administered according to therapeutic protocols well known in the art. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the administration of the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation therapy can be varied depending on the disease being treated and the known effects of the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation therapy on that disease. Also, in accordance with the knowledge of the skilled clinician, the therapeutic protocols (e.g., dosage amounts and times of administration) can be varied in view of the observed effects of the administered therapeutic agents (i.e., antineoplastic agent or radiation) on the patient, and in view of the observed responses of the disease to the administered therapeutic agents.
- Also, in general, the compounds of the invention need not be administered in the same pharmaceutical composition as a chemotherapeutic agent, and may, because of different physical and chemical characteristics, be administered by a different route. For example, the compounds/compositions may be administered orally to generate and maintain good blood levels thereof, while the chemotherapeutic agent may be administered intravenously. The determination of the mode of administration and the advisability of administration, where possible, in the same pharmaceutical composition, is well within the knowledge of the skilled clinician. The initial administration can be made according to established protocols known in the art, and then, based upon the observed effects, the dosage, modes of administration and times of administration can be modified by the skilled clinician.
- The particular choice of compound (and where appropriate, chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation) will depend upon the diagnosis of the attending physicians and their judgment of the condition of the patient and the appropriate treatment protocol.
- The compounds/compositions of the invention (and where appropriate chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation) may be administered concurrently (e.g., simultaneously, essentially simultaneously or within the same treatment protocol) or sequentially, depending upon the nature of the proliferative disease, the condition of the patient, and the actual choice of chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation to be administered in conjunction (i.e., within a single treatment protocol) with the compound/composition.
- In combinational applications and uses, the compound/composition and the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation need not be administered simultaneously or essentially simultaneously, and the initial order of administration of the compound/composition, and the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation, may not be important. Thus, the compounds/compositions of the invention may be administered first followed by the administration of the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation; or the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation may be administered first followed by the administration of the compounds/compositions of the invention. This alternate administration may be repeated during a single treatment protocol. The determination of the order of administration, and the number of repetitions of administration of each therapeutic agent during a treatment protocol, is well within the knowledge of the skilled physician after evaluation of the disease being treated and the condition of the patient. For example, the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation may be administered first, especially if it is a cytotoxic agent, and then the treatment continued with the administration of the compounds/compositions of the invention followed, where determined advantageous, by the administration of the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation, and so on until the treatment protocol is complete.
- Thus, in accordance with experience and knowledge, the practicing physician can modify each protocol for the administration of a compound/composition for treatment according to the individual patient's needs, as the treatment proceeds.
- The attending clinician, in judging whether treatment is effective at the dosage administered, will consider the general well-being of the patient as well as more definite signs such as relief of disease-related symptoms, inhibition of tumor growth, actual shrinkage of the tumor, or inhibition of metastasis. Size of the tumor can be measured by standard methods such as radiological studies, e.g., CAT or MRI scan, and successive measurements can be used to judge whether or not growth of the tumor has been retarded or even reversed. Relief of disease-related symptoms such as pain, and improvement in overall condition can also be used to help judge effectiveness of treatment.
- V. Assays for Determining HSP90 Binding and Downstream Effect
- A variety of in vitro and in vivo assays are available to test the effect of the compounds of the invention on HSP90. HSP90 competitive binding assays and functional assays can be performed as known in the art substituting in the compounds of the invention. Chiosis et al. Chemistry & Biology 2001, 8, 289-299, describe some of the known ways in which this can be done. For example, competition binding assays using, e.g., geldanamycin or 17-AAG as a competitive binding inhibitor of HSP90 can be used to determine relative HSP90 affinity of the compounds of the invention by immobilizing the compound of interest or other competitive inhibitor on a gel or solid matrix, preincubatirg HSP90 with the other inhibitor, passing the preincubated mix over the gel or matrix, and then measuring the amount of HSP90 that retains or does not retain on the gel or matrix.
- Downstream effects can also be evaluated based on the known effect of HSP90 inhibition on function and stability of various steroid receptors and signaling proteins including, e.g., Raf1 and HER2. Compounds of the present invention induce dose-dependent degradation of these molecules, which can be measured using standard techniques. Inhibition of HSP90 also results in up-regulation of HSP90 and related chaperone proteins that can similarly be measured. Antiproliferative activity on various cancer cell lines can also be measured, as can morphological and functional differentiation related to HSP90 inhibition.
- Many different types of methods are known in the art for determining protein concentrations and measuring or predicting the level of proteins within cells and in fluid samples. Indirect techniques include nucleic acid hybridization and amplification using, e.g., polymerase chain reaction (PCR). These techniques are known to the person of skill and are discussed, e.g., in Sambrook, Fritsch & Maniatis Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989; Ausubel, et al. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, NY, 1994, and, as specifically applied to the quantification, detection, and relative activity of HER2/Neu in patient samples, e.g., in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,699,877, 4,918,162, 4,968,603, and 5,846,749. A brief discussion of two generic techniques that can be used follows.
- The determination of whether cells overexpress or contain elevated levels of HER2 can be determined using well known antibody techniques such as immunoblotting, radioimmunoassays, western blotting, immunoprecipitation, enzyme-linked immunosorbant assays (ELISA), and derivative techniques that make use of antibodies directed against HER2. As an example, HER2 expression in breast cancer cells can be determined with the use of an immunohistochemical assay, such as the Dako Hercep™ test (Dako Corp., Carpinteria, Calif.). The Hercep™ test is an antibody staining assay designed to detect HER2 overexpression in tumor tissue specimens. This particular assay grades HER2 expression into four levels: 0, 1, 2, and 3, with level 3 representing the highest level of HER2 expression. Accurate quantitation can be enhanced by employing an Automated Cellular Imaging System (ACIS) as described, e.g. by Press, M. et al. Modern Pathology 2000, 13, 225A.
- Antibodies, polyclonal or monoclonal, can be purchased from a variety of commercial suppliers, or may be manufactured using well-known methods, e.g., as described in Harlow et al. Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed; Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1988.
- HER2 overexpression can also be determined at the nucleic acid level since there is a reported high correlation between overexpression of the HER2 protein and amplification of the gene that codes for it. One way to test this is by using RT-PCR. The genomic and cDNA sequences for HER2 are known. Specific DNA primers can be generated using standard, well-known techniques, and can then be used to amplify template already present in the cell. An example of this is described in Kurokawa, H. et al. Cancer Res. 2000, 60, 5887-5894. PCR can be standardized such that quantitative differences are observed as between normal and abnormal cells, e.g., cancerous and noncancerous cells. Well known methods employing, e.g., densitometry, can be used to quantitate and/or compare nucleic acid levels amplified using PCR.
- Similarly, fluorescent in situ hybridization (FISH) assays and other assays can be used, e.g., Northern and/or Southern blotting. These rely on nucleic acid hybridization between the HER2 gene or mRNA and a corresponding nucleic acid probe that can be designed in the same or a similar way as for PCR primers, above. See, e.g., Mitchell M S, and Press M. F. Oncol., Suppl. 1999, 12, 108-116. For FISH, this nucleic acid probe can be conjugated to a fluorescent molecule, e.g., fluorescein and/or rhodamine, that preferably does not interfere with hybridization, and which fluorescence can later be measured following hybridization. See, e.g., Kurokawa, H et al, Cancer Res. 2000, 60, 5887-5894 (describing a specific nucleic acid probe having sequence 5′-FAM-NucleicAcid-TAMRA-p-3′ sequence). ACIS-based approaches as described above can be employed to make the assay more quantitative (de la Torre-Bueno, J., et al. Modern Pathology 2000, 13, 221A).
- Immuno and nucleic acid detection can also be directed against proteins other than HSP90 and HER2, which proteins are nevertheless affected in response to HSP90 inhibition.
- The following examples are offered by way of illustration only and are not intended to be limiting of the full scope and spirit of the invention.
- I. Materials and Methods
- The chemical reagents used to create the novel products of the invention below are all available commercially, e.g., from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis., USA. Otherwise their preparation is facile and known to one of ordinary skill in the art, or it is referenced or described herein.
- The final compounds were usually purified by preparative TLC (silica gel 60 Å, Whatman Partisil PK6F) or flash chromatography (silica gel 60 Å, EMD Chemicals) using EtOAc/hexane or MeOH/CH2Cl2 as eluents. Rf's were measured using silica gel TLC plates (silica gel 60 Å, EMD Chemicals). Analytical HPLC chromatograms were obtained using a C18 column (Agilent Zorbax 300SB-C18; 5 microns; 4.6 mm×150 mm). A gradient was applied between solvent A (0.1% TFA in H2O) and solvent B (0.5% TFA in CH3CN) increasing the proportion of A linearly from 5% (t=0) to 100% (t=7.00 min), with a constant flow rate of 1 mL/min. The samples were diluted to typically 0.1-1 mg/mL in MeOH or CH3CN and the injection volumes were typically 10 μL. The column was not heated, and UV detection was effected at 254 nm. 1H-NMR spectra were recorded on a Bruker Avance 400 MHz spectrometer.
- The chemical names were generated using the Beilstein Autonom 2.1 software.
- II. General Procedures
- 1. General Procedures to Prepare and Manipulate the pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine Ring
-
- 4-Chloro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine was prepared as described in Seela, F.; Stecker, H. Helv. Chim. Acta 1986, 69, 1602-1613. A suspension of the 4-Chloro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine (1 mmol), benzyl halide (1 mmol) and K2CO3 (1-3 mmol) in dry DMF (5 mL) was stirred at 22-70° C. for 0.5-16 h. Work-up (EtOAc) and purification by preparative TLC or flash chromatography (EtOAc/hexane or MeOH/CH2Cl2) yielded the pure N-1 alkylated product.
- General Procedure 1.2: Preparation of 3-alkyl pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidines
- A fine suspension of 2-amino-4,6-dichloro-pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde (3.0 g, 15 mmol); (Seela, F.; Stecker, H. Helv. Chim. Acta 1986, 69, 1602) in THF was cooled to −78° C. A 3M solution of MeMgBr in THF (25 mL, 75 mmol, 5 equiv.) was added over 3 h, keeping the internal temperature at −78° C. The mixture was stirred for a further 0.5 h, quenched with 100 ml H2O, and neutralized with aw. HCl. Extraction (EtOAc) gave 1-(2-amino-4,6-dichloro-pyrimidin-5-yl)-ethanol as a pale yellow solid (2.5 g, 76%) which was used without further purification.
- 1-(2-Amino-4,6-dichloro-pyrimidin-5-yl)-ethanol (2.0 g, 9.6 mmol) was treated with MnO2 (20 g, 229 mmol, 24 equiv.) in 1,2-dichloroethane for 16 h at 70° C. Filtration over celite and concentration gave 1-(2-Amino-4,6-dichloro-pyrimidin-5-yl)-ethanone as a pale orange solid (1.4 g, 6.7 mmol, 71%), which was used without further purification.
- 1-(2-Amino-4,6-dichloro-pyrimidin-5-yl)-ethanone (200 mg, 0.97 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 and treated with anhydrous hydrazine (31 mg, 0.97 mmol, 1 equiv.) at r.t. overnight. The precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with CH2Cl2, dissolved in DMSO (0.5 mL), and partitioned between EtOAc (100 mL) and water (25 mL). The organic layer was dried (brine, Na2SO4) and concentrated to afford the title compound as a white solid (95 mg, 0.52 mmol, 53%).
- 2. General Procedures to Manipulate the Pyridine Ring
- General Procedure 2.1: Preparation of Pyridine N-oxides
- A solution of the pyridine derivative (1.0 mmol) in dichloromethane or chloroform (5 mL) was cooled by means of an ice-bath, treated with m-CPBA (1.1 to 3 mmol) in three portions, and allowed to warm to r.t. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane and washed with aqueous NaOH, followed by water. Drying (Na2SO4) and concentration afforded the pyridine N-oxide.
- General procedure 2.2: Preparation of 2-(acetoxymethyl)-pyridines
- A solution of the 2-methylpyridine N-oxide (1.0 mmol) in acetic anhydride (5 mL) was heated to reflux for 0.5 h. Work-up (EtOAc), drying (MgSO4), evaporation and purification by preparative TLC or flash chromatography afforded the 2-(acetoxymethyl)-pyridine.
- General procedure 2.3: Preparation of 2-(hydroxymethyl)-pyridines A suspension of 2-acetoxymethyl-pyridine derivative and solid K2CO3 in methanol was heated to 50° C. for 5-30 min. Evaporation, work-up (EtOAc), and drying (MgSO4) afforded the 2-hydroxymethylpyridine.
- General procedure 2.4: Preparation of 2-(bromomethyl)-pyridines
- A solution of 2-(hydroxymethyl)-pyridine (1.0 mmol) and triphenyl phosphine (1.2 mmol) in dichloromethane or chloroform (5 mL) was cooled to 0° C. A solution of CBr4 (1.5 mmol) in dichloromethane or chloroform was added dropwise, and the resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 0.5-1 h. Work-up followed and purification by flash chromatography afforded the 2-(bromomethyl)-pyridine.
- General Procedure 2.5: Preparation of 2-chloropyridines
- A suspension of 2-(hydroxymethyl)-pyridine (10 g) in POCl3 (30 mL) was stirred at 110° C. for 1.5 h. The resulting viscous oil was cooled to r.t. and poured onto ice water (500 g). The pH was adjusted to 10 with solid KOH. Work-up (CHCl3), drying (MgSO4) and evaporation gave the 2-(chloromethyl)-pyridine, usually as a purple oil or solid, which was used without purification.
- General Procedure 2.6: Preparation of Pyridinium Salts
- A solution of pyridine was heated in MeOH until it dissolved. A methanolic solution of acid (1.0 equiv of e.g. HCl, MeOH) was added, and the solvent was evaporated to give the pyridinium salt.
- 3. General Procedure to Manipulate Benzene Rings
- General procedure 3.1: Halogenation of Benzene Rings.
- Variant 1: A solution of the aromatic compound in MeOH/THF/acetate buffer (1N in each AcOH and AcONa) was treated with Br2 (1.3 equiv) at r.t. for 5 min. The excess bromine and solvent were removed on a rotary evaporator. Work-up (CHCl3) and flash chromatography afforded the desired bromobenzene.
- Variant 2: A solution of the aromatic compound (7 mmol) and n-halosuccinimide (NCS, NBS, or NIS, 1.06 equiv) in acetic acid (40 mL) was heated to 40-90° C. for 0.3-1 h. Evaporation, work-up (EtOAc) and flash chromatography afforded the desired halogenated benzene.
- III. Preparation Of Intermediates
- The title compound was obtained by chlorination of 5-chloromethyl-1,2,3-trimethoxy-benzene with NCS according to the general procedure 3.1. 1H-NMR (CDCl3): δ 6.82 (s, 1H), 4.70 (s, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H) 3.87 (s, 3H).
-
- The title compound was obtained by oxidation of 2-chloromethyl-4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine according to the general procedure 2.1. R.t.: 4.46 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3): δ 8.05 (s, 1H), 4.93 (s, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H).
- The title compound was obtained by treating 2-chloromethyl-4-methoxy-3,5-dimethylpyridine-1-oxide with POCl3 according to the general procedure 2.5. R.t.: 6.757 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3): δ 4.64 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H).
- The title compound was obtained by treating 2-chloromethyl-3,5-dimethyl-pyridin-4-ol (Tarbit, et al. WO 99/10326) with POCl3 according in the same manner as the general procedure 2.5 (74% yield). R.t.: 5.54 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3): 8.24 (s, 1H), 4.71 (s, 2H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H).
- 4-Bromo-2-bromomethyl-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine was prepared by any of the following three methods:
- Method 1
- 2,3,5-Collidine-N-oxide was obtained by oxidation of 2,3,5-collidine according to the general procedure 2.1 in 70% yield. R.t.: 3.96 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3): δ 8.03 (s, 1H), 6.90 (s, 1H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H). m/z (%) 138.2 (M+1, 100%). Rf (20% MeOH/EtOAc): 0.35.
- 2,3,5-collidine-N-oxide (1.3 g, 10 mmol) and K2CO3 (2.9 g, 20 mmol) were suspended in 10 mL of CCl4. Bromine (1 mL, 20 mmol) was added dropwise, and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 2 h. Work-up (EtOAc) and flash chromatography (10% MeOH/EtOAc) afforded the title compound as a solid (1.05 g, 51% yield). R.t.: 5.24 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3): δ 8.06 (s, 1H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H). m/z (%) 216.2 (M+1, 100%), 218.2 (M+3, 100%). Rf (20% MeOH/EtOAc): 0.45.
- 4-Bromo-2,3,5-collidine-N-oxide (0.25 g, 11 mmol) was dissolved in acetic anhydride (5 mL) and the solution was heated to reflux for 30 min. Work-up and flash chromatography (50% Hexane/EtOAc) afforded the title compound (0.27 g, 96% yield). Rf (50% Hexane/EtOAc): 0.70. R.t.: 4.76 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3): δ 8.26 (s, 1H), 5.27 (s, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H).
- A suspension of acetic acid 4-bromo-3,5-dimethyl-pyridin-2-yl methyl ester (0.26 g, 1.0 mmol) and K2CO3 (excess) in MeOH (5 mL) was heated to 50° C. for 15 min. Work-up (CHCl3), evaporation, and filtration through a silica gel pad (eluent: 100% EtOAc) gave the title compound as a white solid (0.19 g, 88% yield). Rf (50% Hexane/EtOAc): 0.5. R.t.: 3.80 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3): δ 8.23 (s, 1H), 4.70 (s, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H).
- Step 5: 4-Bromo-2-bromomethyl-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine
- The title compound was obtained from 4-bromo-3,5-dimethyl-pyridin-2-yl methanol according to the general procedure 2.4. R.t.: 6.32 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3): δ 8.22 (s, 1H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H).
- Method 2:
- The title compound was obtained by heating 2-chloromethyl-4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine hydrochloride in toluene as described by Tarbit, et al. WO 99/10326.
- A mixture of 2-chloromethyl-3,5-dimethyl-pyridin-4-ol (8.2 g, 47.8 mmol) and POBr3 (60 g, 209 mmol) was stirred at 130° C. for 3 h. The resulting viscous oil was cooled to r.t. and poured onto ice water. The pH was adjusted to 10 with solid KOH. Work-up (CHCl3), drying (MgSO4) and evaporation afforded the title compound as a purple solid (8.7 g, 78% yield) which was used without purification. R.t.: 6.03 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3): 8.20 (s, 1H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H).
- Method 3:
- A suspension of 2-chloromethyl-4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine (3.24 g, 14.6 mmol) in PBr3 (8.0 ml, 85.1 mmol, 5.8 equiv.) was heated to 80° C. under nitrogen. A catalytic amount of DMF (0.50 ml, 6.4 mmol, 0.44 equiv.) was added, whereupon the suspension rapidly turned into an orange solution. After 40 min., the reaction was still incomplete as judged by HPLC. The temperature was raised to 110° C. and the reaction was prolonged for 30 min, at which point it was complete. The mixture was poured over ice, made basic with conc. aq. NH4OH and extracted into EtOAc. Washing with water, drying (brine, MgSO4) and concentration gave the title compound as a pink solid (1.51 g, 44%) containing 10% of an impurity by 1H-NMR. The crude was used without further purification. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.19 (s, 1H), 4.59 (s, 2H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H).
- IV. Preparation of Final Compounds
- The title compound was obtained by alkylation of 4-chloro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine (See F. Seela, Heterocycles 1985, 23, 2521; F. Seela, Helv. Chim. Acta 1986, 69, 1602; R. O. Dempcy, WO 03/022859) with 5-chloromethyl-1,2,3-trimethoxy-benzene according to the general procedure 1.1. R.t. 5.68 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.93 (s, 1H), 6.59 (s, 2H), 5.37 (br. s., 4H), 3.84 (s, 6H), 3.82 (s, 3H).
- The title compound was obtained by alkylation of 4-chloro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine with 2-chloro-1-chloromethyl-3,4,5-trimethoxy-benzene according to the general procedure 1.1. R.t. 6.44 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.95 (s, 1H), 6.36 (s, 1H), 5.51 (s, 2H), 5.24 (br. s, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.70 (s, 3H).
- A mixture of 4-chloro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine (1.76 g), 2-chloromethyl-4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine hydrochloride (3.70 g), K2CO3 (5.17 g), and DMF (20 ml) was heated to 80° C. for 30 min, diluted with EtOAc, washed with water and brine, concentrated, and purified by flash chromatography to give the title compound as a white solid (0.57 g). R.t. 4.46 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 5.53 (2H), 5.24 (br. s, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H).
- A mixture of 4-chloro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine (124 mg), Cs2CO3 (392 mg) and crude 2-chloro-6-chloromethyl-4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine (200 mg) in DMF (2 ml) was heated to 80° C. for 1 h, diluted with EtOAc and washed with water. Concentration and purification by preparative TLC (EtOAc) gave the title compound. R.t. 6.43 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.86 (s, 1H), 5.48 (s, 2H), 5.37 (s, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.15 (s, 3H).
- A mixture of 4-chloro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine (158 mg), crude 4-chloro-2-chloromethyl-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine (204 mg), Cs2CO3 (660 mg) and DMF was heated to 80° C. for 1.5 h, diluted with EtOAc and washed with water. The crude material was concentrated and suspended in MeOH/DCM. Filtration gave a 2:1 mixture of regioisomers which was further purified by preparative silica gel plate (EtOAc 100%). The major (less polar) isomer corresponded to the title compound. R.t. 5.45 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 5.57 (s, 2H), 5.28 (s, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H).
- A solution of 4-chloro-1-(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine (50 mg) in CH2Cl2 (2 ml) was treated with m-CPBA (90 mg) for 10 min, diluted with CH2Cl2, washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3, concentrated and re-crystallized from CHCl3/MeOH to give the title compound as a white solid. R.t. 4.87 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.36 (s, 2H), 5.55 (s, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H).
- The title compound was obtained by alkylation of 4-chloro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine with 4-bromomethyl-1,2-dichloro-benzene according to general procedure 1.1. R.t. 6.89 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.26 (dd, 1H), 5.37 (s, 2H), 5.20 (br. s, 2H).
- The title compound was obtained by alkylation of 4-chloro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine with 2-chloromethyl-1,4-dimethoxy-benzene according to general procedure 1.1. R.t. 6.06 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.94 (s, 1H), 6.85 (d, 1H), 6.75 (dd, 1H), 6.42 (dd, 1H), 5.48 (s, 2H), 5.24 (s, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.70 (s, 3H).
- The title compound was obtained by alkylation of 4-chloro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine with 1-bromomethyl-4,5-dimethoxy-2-nitro-benzene according to general procedure 1.1. R.t. 5.99 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.38 (br. s, 2H), 6.57 (s, 1H), 5.71 (s, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.68 (s, 3H).
- The title compound was obtained by alkylation of 4-chloro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine with 4-bromo-2-chloromethyl-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine according to general procedure 1.1. R.t. 5.64 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 5.61 (s, 2H), 5.21 (br. s, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H).
- The title compound was obtained by oxidation of 1-(4-bromo-3,5-dimethyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-4-chloro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine with m-CPBA according to general procedure 2.1. R.t. 5.57 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.38 (s, 2H), 5.64 (s, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H).
- The title compound was obtained by alkylation of 4-chloro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine with 2-bromomethyl-1,3,4-trifluoro-benzene according to general procedure 1.1. R.t. 7.12 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.89(s, 1H), 7.25-7.05 (m, 1H), 6.95-6.85 (m, 1H), 5.53 (s, 2H), 5.49 (br. s, 2H).
- The title compound was obtained by treatment of 2-Amino-4-chloro-pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde with MeMgBr according to general procedure 1.2. R.t. 4.19 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 7.38 (s, 1H), 5.18 (bs, 2H), 5.15 (m, 1H), 3.56 (d, 3H).
-
- The title compound was obtained by treatment of 1-(2-Amino-4,6-dichloro-pyrimidin-5-yl)-ethanol with MnO2 according to general procedure 1.2. R.t. 5.23 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 7.90 (s, 2H), 2.52 (s, 3H).
-
- The title compound was obtained by treatment of 1-(2-Amino-4,6-dichloro-pyrimidin-5-yl)-ethanone with hydrazine according to general procedure 1.2. R.t. 4.61 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.82 (s, 1H), 8.16 (bs, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H).
- The title compound was obtained by treating 2-amino-4,6-dichloro-pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde by sequentially with EtMgCl, MnO2, and hydrazine according to general procedure 1.2. R.t. 4.55 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 12.84 (s, 1H), 7.07 (s, 2H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 1.27-1.23 (m, 3H).
-
- The title compound was obtained by treating 2-amino-4,6-dichloro-pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde sequentially with i-PrMgCl, MnO2 and hydrazine according to general procedure 1.2. R.t. 6.10 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 12.86 (s, 1H), 7.06 (s, 2H), 1.29 (d, 6H).
-
- The title compound was obtained by treating 2-amino-4,6-dichloro-pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde sequentially with PhMgCl, MnO2 and hydrazine according to general procedure 1.2. R.t. 6.04 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 13.04 (s, 1H), 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.46 (m, 3H), 7.19 (bs, 2H).
-
- The title compound was obtained by alkylation of 4-chloro-3-methyl-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine with 2-chloromethyl-4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine according to general procedure 1.1. R.t. 6.72 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.20 (s, 1H), 5.47 (s, 2H), 5.26 (s, 2H), 3.76 (s, 2H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H).
-
- The title compound was obtained by alkylation of 4-chloro-3-methyl-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine with 4-bromo-2-chloromethyl-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine 1-oxide according to general procedure 1.1. R.t. 5.90 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.29 (s, 2H), 5.53 (s, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H).
-
- The title compound was obtained by alkylation of 4-chloro-3-methyl-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine with 4-chloro-2-chloromethyl-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine 1-oxide according to general procedure 1.1. R.t. 5.90 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.30 (s, 2H), 5.54 (s, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H).
-
- The title compound was obtained by alkylation of 4-chloro-3-methyl-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine with 4-chloro-2-chloromethyl-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine according to general procedure 1.1. R.t. 5.63 min. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 8.23 (s, 1H), 5.51 (s, 2H), 5.28 (br.s 2H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H).
-
- The title compound was obtained by alkylation of 4-chloro-3-methyl-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine with 5-chloromethyl-1,2,3-trimethoxy-benzene according to general procedure 1.1. R.t. 6.72 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 7.30 (s, 2H), 6.57 (s, 2H), 5.22 (s, 2H), 3.71 (s, 6H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 2.47(s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H).
-
- The title compound was obtained by alkylation of 4-chloro-3-methyl-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine with 4-bromo-2-chloromethyl-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine according to general procedure 1.1. R.t. 5.90 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 5.46 (s, 2H), 2.42 (s, 6H), 2.30 (s, 3H).
-
- The title compound was obtained by alkylation of 4-chloro-3-ethyl-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine with 2-chloromethyl-4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine according to general procedure 1.1. R.t. 6.02 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ 8.04 (s,1H), 7.19 (br. s, 2H), 5.39 (s, 2H), 3.71(s, 3H), 2.87-2.81 (m, 2H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 1.21(m, 3H).
-
- The title compound was obtained by alkylation of 4-chloro-3-ethyl-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine with 4-chloro-2-chloromethyl-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine according to general procedure 1.1. R.t. 6.90 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.18 (s 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 5.47 (s, 2H), 2.87-2.81 (m, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 1.21 (m, 3H).
-
- The title compound was obtained by alkylation of 4-chloro-3-isopropyl-1-(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine with 2-chloromethyl-4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine according to the general procedure 1.1. R.t. 5.75 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.17 (br. s, 1H), 5.40 (s, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 1.26 (d, 6H).
-
- The title compound was obtained by alkylation of 4-chloro-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine with 2-chloromethyl-4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine according to general procedure 1.1. R.t. 5.89 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.68-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.32 (br.s, 2H), 5.52 (s, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H).
-
- The title compound was obtained by alkylation of 4-chloro-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine with 2-chloromethyl-4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine according to general procedure 1.1. R.t. 6.80 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.67-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.34 (br.s, 2H), 5.61 (s, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H).
-
- The title compound was obtained by alkylation of 4-chloro-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine with 4-bromo-2-chloromethyl-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine according to general procedure 1.1. R.t. 7.41 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.67 (m, 2H), 7.46 (m, 3H), 7.34 (br. s, 2H), 5.62 (s, 2H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.3 (s, 3H).
- The title compound was obtained by alkylation of 4-chloro-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylamine with 4-chloro-2-chloromethyl-3,5-dimethyl-pyridine 1-oxide according to general procedure 1.1. R.t. 7.50 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.57 (s, 2H), 7.42 (m, 5H), 5.67 (s, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H).
- Five microgram of purified rHSP90 protein (Stressgen, BC, Canada, #SPP-770) in phosphated buffered saline (PBS) was coated on 96 well plates by incubating overnight at 4° C. Unbound protein was removed and the coated wells were washed twice with 200 μL PBS. DMSO controls (considered as untreated samples) or test compounds were then added at 100-30-10-3-1-0.3 μM dilutions (in PBS), the plates mixed for 30 seconds on the plate shaker, and then incubated for 60 min. at 37° C. The wells were washed twice with 200 μL PBS, and 10 μM biotinylated-geldanamycin (biotin-GM) was added and incubated for 60 min. at 37° C. The wells were washed again twice with 200 μL PBS, before the addition of 20 μg/mL streptavidin-phycoerythrin (streptavidin-PE) (Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.) and incubation for 60 min. at 37° C. The wells were washed again twice with 200 μL PBS. Relative fluorescence units (RFU) was measured using a SpectraMax Gemini XS Spectrofluorometer (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, Calif.) with an excitation at 485 nm and emission at 580 nm; data was acquired using SOFTmax® PRO software (Molecular Devices Corporation, Sunnyvale, Calif.). The background was defined as the RFU generated from wells that were not coated with HSP90 but were treated with the biotin-GM and streptavidin-PE. The background measurements were substrated from each sample treated with biotin-GM and streptavidin-PE measurements before other computation. Percent inhibition of binding for each sample was calculated from the background subtracted values as follows:
%binding inhibition=[RFU untreated−RFU treated]/RFU untreated]×100. - MCF7 breast carcinoma cell lysates were prepared by douncing in lysing buffer (20 mM HEPES, pH 7.3, 1 mM EDTA, 5 mM MgCl2, 100 mM KCl), and then incubated with or without test compound for 30 mins at 4° C., followed by incubation with biotin-GM linked to BioMag™ streptavidin magnetic beads (Qiagen) for 1 hr at 4° C. The tubes were placed on a magnetic rack, and the unbound supernatant removed. The magnetic beads were washed three times in lysis buffer and boiled for 5 mins at 95° C. in SDS-PAGE sample buffer. Samples were analyzed on SDS protein gels, and Western blots done for rHSP90. Bands in the Western Blots were quantitated using the Bio-rad Fluor-S MultiImager, and the % inhibition of binding of rHSP90 to the biotin-GM was calculated.
- The lysate binding ability of selected compounds of the invention based on the above assay is summarized in Table 2. The IC50 reported is the concentration of test compound needed to achieve 30% inhibition of the biotin-GM binding to rHSP90 in the MCF7 cell lysates.
- MCF7 breast carcinoma cells (ATCC) were grown in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS) and 10 mM HEPES, and plated in 24 well plates (50% confluent). Twenty-four hrs later (cells are 65-70% confluent), test compounds were added and incubated overnight for 16 h. For the less potent compounds, the amounts added were 100 μM, 30 μM, 10 μM and 1 μM, and for more potent compounds, the amounts added were 1 μM, 0.3 μM, 0.1 μM, 0.03 μM, 0.01 μM and 0.003 μM. The wells were washed with 1 mL phosphate buffered saline (PBS), and 200 μL trypsin was added to each well. After trypsinization was complete, 50 μL of FBS was added to each well. Then 200 μL cells was transferred to 96 well plates. The cells were pipetted up and down to obtain a single cell suspension. The plates were centrifuged at 2,500 rpm for 1 min using a Sorvall Legend RT™ tabletop centrifuge (Kendro Laboratory Products, Asheville, N.C.). The cells were then washed once in PBS containing 0.2% BSA and 0.2% sodium azide (BA buffer). Phycoerythrin (PE) conjugated anti HER2/Neu antibody (Becton Dickinson, #340552), or PE conjugated anti-keyhole limpet hemacyanin [KLH] (Becton Dickinson, #340761) control antibody was added at a dilution of 1:20 and 1:40 respectively (final concentration was 1 μg/mL) and the cells were pipetted up and down to form a single cell suspension, and incubated for 15 mins. The cells were washed twice with 200 μL BA buffer, and resuspended in 200 μL BA buffer, and transferred to FACSCAN tubes with an additional 250 μL BA buffer. Samples were analyzed using a FACSCalibur™ flow cytometer (Becton Dickinson, San Jose, Calif.) equipped with Argon-ion laser that emits 15 mW of 488 nm light for excitation of the PE fluorochrome. 10,000 events were collected per sample. A fluorescence histogram was generated and the mean fluorescence intensity (MFI) of each sample was determined using Cellquest software. The background was defined as the MFI generated from cells incubated with control IgG-PE, and was subtracted from each sample stained with the HER2/Neu antibody. Cells incubated with DMSO was always done as untreated controls since the compounds were resuspended in DMSO. Percent degradation of HER2 was calculated as follows:
%HER2 degraded=[(MFl untreated cells−MFl treated cells)/MFl untreated cell]×100 - The HER2 degradation ability of selected compounds of the invention based on this assay is summarized in Table 2. IC50 is defined as the concentration at which there was 50% degradation of the HER2/Neu protein.
- MTS assays measures the cytotoxicity of geldanamycin derivatives. MTS (3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-5-(3-carboxymethoxyphenyl)-2-(4-sulfophenyl)-2H-tetrazolium is a tetrazolium dye that is converted to a formazan product by dehydrogenase enzymes of metabolically active cells (Corey, A. et al. “Use of an aqueous soluble tetrazolium/formazan assay for cell growth assays in culture,” Cancer Commun. 1991, 3, 207-212). Cells were seeded in 96 well plates at 2000 cells/well and allowed to adhere overnight in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum. The final culture volume was 100 μl. Viable cell number was determined by using the Celltiter 96 AQueous Non-radioactive Cell Proliferation Assay (Promega, Madison Wis.). The MTS/PMS (phenazine methosulfate) solution was mixed at a ratio of 20:1, and 20 μL was added per well to 100 μl of culture medium. After 2-4 hours, the formation of the formazan product was measured at 490 nm absorbance using a multiwell plate spectrophotometer. Background was determined by measuring the Abs 490 nm of cell culture medium and MTS-PMS in the absence of cells and was subtracted from all values. Percent viable cells was calculated as follows:
%viable cells=(Abs at 490 nm treated cells/Abs at 490 nm untreated cells)×100 - The effect of selected compounds of the invention on MCF7 breast carcinoma cells according to the MTS assay is summarized in Table 2. IC50 was defined as the concentration of the compound which gave rise to 50% viable cell number.
TABLE 2 Biological Activities of Selected Compounds of the Invention Lysate HER2 MTS Ex binding IC50 IC50 S.No # Structure (μM) (μM) (μM) 1 7 0.14 0.05 0.13 2 8 ND 0.14 0.5 3 9 ND 0.09 0.3 4 31 ND 0.05 0.3 5 32 ND 0.04 0.08 6 33 ND 0.16 0.6 7 34 ND 0.12 1.0 8 30 ND 0.11 1.0 9 29 0.1 0.85 1.0 10 35 0.08 0.02 1.0 11 10 0.06 0.03 0.7 12 23 ND 0.04 0.1 13 14 0.11 0.09 1.0 14 26 0.09 0.05 ND 15 15 ND 0.9 ND 16 25 ND 0.03 0.3 17 28 ND 0.04 1.0 18 24 ND 0.03 1.0
ND = not determined
- The foregoing examples are not limiting and are merely illustrative of various aspects and embodiments of the present invention. All documents cited herein are indicative of the levels of skill in the art to which the invention pertains and are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties. None, however, is admitted to be prior art.
- One skilled in the art will readily appreciate that the present invention is well adapted to carry out the objects and obtain the ends and advantages mentioned, as well as those inherent therein. The methods and compositions described illustrate preferred embodiments, are exemplary, and are not intended as limitations on the scope of the invention. Certain modification and other uses will occur to those skilled in the art, and are encompassed within the spirit of the invention, as defined by the scope of the claims.
- The invention illustratively described herein suitably may be practiced in the absence of any element or elements, limitation or limitations which is not specifically disclosed herein. The terms and expressions which have been employed are used as terms of description and not of limitation, and there is no intention in the use of such terms and expressions of excluding any equivalents of the features shown and described, or portions thereof. It is recognized that various modifications are possible within the scope of the invention claimed. Thus, it should be understood that although the present invention has been specifically disclosed by preferred embodiments, optional features, modifications and variations of the concepts herein disclosed may be resorted to by those skilled in the art, and that such modifications and variations are considered to be within the scope of this invention as defined by the description and the appended claims.
- In addition, where features or aspects of the invention are described in terms of Markush groups or other grouping of alternatives, e.g., genuses, those skilled in the art will recognize that the invention is also thereby described in terms of any individual member or subgroup of members of the Markush group or subgenus, and exclusions of individual members as appropriate, e.g., by proviso.
- Other embodiments are within the following claims.
Claims (71)
1. (canceled)
2. (canceled)
3. (canceled)
4. (canceled)
5. (canceled)
6. (canceled)
7. (canceled)
8. (canceled)
9. (canceled)
10. (canceled)
11. (canceled)
12. (canceled)
13. (canceled)
14. (canceled)
15. (canceled)
16. (canceled)
17. (canceled)
18. (canceled)
19. (canceled)
20. (canceled)
21. (canceled)
22. (canceled)
23. (canceled)
24. (canceled)
25. (canceled)
26. (canceled)
27. (canceled)
28. (canceled)
29. (canceled)
30. (canceled)
31. (canceled)
32. (canceled)
33. (canceled)
34. (canceled)
35. (canceled)
36. (canceled)
37. (canceled)
38. (canceled)
39. (canceled)
40. (canceled)
41. (canceled)
42. (canceled)
43. (canceled)
44. A method of treating an individual having an HSP90 mediated disorder comprising administering to said individual a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I:
or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein:
R1 is halogen, —OR11, —SR11 or lower alkyl;
R2 is —NHR8;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —SR8, —OR8, —CN, —C(O)R9, —CO2H, —NO2, —NR8R10, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower perhaloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic and heterocyclic, all optionally substituted, wherein:
the aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic and heterocyclic groups are optionally mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic;
R8 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-2 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N, and
the optional substituents on R3 are selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, —SR8, —OR8, —CN, —C(O)R9, —C(O)OOH, —NO2, —NR8R10, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, lower alicyclic, lower heterocyclic, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, diarylalkylamino, oxo, oxa, perhaloalkyl, perhaloalkoxy, perhaloacyl, guanidine, pyridinyl, thiophene, furanyl, indole, indazole, phosphonates, phosphates, phosphoramides, sulfonates, sulfones, sulfates, sulphonamides, carbamates, ureas, thioureas and thioamides, wherein R8 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
R4 is —CHR12—, —C(O), —C(S), —S(O)—, or —SO2—;
R5 is aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, or heterocyclic, wherein
the aryl group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents,
the heteroaryl group is substituted with 2 to 5 substituents,
the alicyclic group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents,
the heterocyclic group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents, and
the substituents on R5 are selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, —SR8, —OR8, —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(O)R9, —NO2 and —NR8R10, lower aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, lower heterocyclic, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, diarylalkylamino, oxo, oxa, perhaloalkyl, perhaloalkoxy, perhaloacyl, guanidine, pyridinyl, thiophene, furanyl, indole, indazole, phosphonates, phosphates, phosphoramides, sulfonates, sulfones, sulfates, sulphonamides, carbamates, ureas, thioureas and thioamides, wherein R8 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
R8 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl or —C(O)R9;
R9 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, —NR10R10 or —OR11, wherein R10 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
R10 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl;
R11 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl; and
R12 is hydrogen or lower alkyl.
45. The method of claim 44 , wherein:
R1 is halogen or lower alkyl;
R2 is —NHR8, where R8 is hydrogen or —C(O)R9; and
R5 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl groups is monocyclic or bicyclic.
46. The method of claim 44 , wherein:
R2 is —NH2;
R3 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —SR1, —OR8, —CN, —NR8R10, lower alkyl lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower perhaloalkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, lower alicyclic, and lower heterocyclic, wherein R8 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl, and wherein R8 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N; and
R5 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl groups is monocyclic or bicyclic.
47. The method of claim 44 , wherein:
R1 is halogen or lower alkyl;
R2 is —NH2;
R4 is —(CH2)—; and
R5 is aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic or heterocyclic, wherein each of said aryl, heteroaryl alicyclic or heterocyclic groups is monocyclic or bicyclic.
48. The method of claim 44 , wherein:
R1 is halogen;
R2 is —NH2;
R3 is hydrogen, halogen, —SR8, —OR8, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower perhaloalkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, or —NR8R10 wherein R8 and R10 when taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
R4 is —CH2—; and
R5 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl groups is monocyclic or bicyclic.
49. The method of claim 48 , wherein R1 is chloro or bromo; and R5 is a phenyl having 3 to 5 substituents.
50. The method of claim 48 , wherein R1 is chloro or bromo; and R5 is a pyridyl having 3 to 5 substituents.
51. The method of claim 48 , wherein R1 is chloro or bromo; and R5 is a 1-oxy-pyridyl(N-oxy-pyridyl) having 3 to 5 substituents.
52. The method of claim 44 , wherein the HSP90-mediated disorder is selected from the group of inflammatory diseases, infections, autoimmune disorders, stroke, ischemia, cardiac disorders, neurological disorders, fibrogenetic disorders, proliferative disorders, tumors, leukemias, neoplasms, cancers, carcinomas, metabolic diseases, and malignant disease.
53. The method of claim 52 wherein the fibrogenetic disorder is further selected from the group of scleroderma, polymyositis, systemic lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, liver cirrhosis, keloid formation, interstitial nephritis and pulmonary fibrosis.
54. The method of claim 44 further comprising administering at least one therapeutic agent selected from the group of cytotoxic agents, anti-angiogenesis agents and anti-neoplastic agents.
55. The method of claim 54 wherein the at least one anti-neoplastic agent is selected from the group of alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, epidophyllotoxins; antineoplastic enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, procarbazines, mitoxantrones, platinum coordination complexes, biological response modifiers and growth inhibitors, hormonal/anti-hormonal therapeutic agents, and haematopoietic growth factors.
56. (canceled)
57. (canceled)
58. (canceled)
59. (canceled)
60. (canceled)
61. (canceled)
62. (canceled)
63. (canceled)
64. A method of treating an individual having an HSP90 mediated disorder comprising administering to said individual a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically effective amount of a compound of Formula II:
or a polymorph, solvate, ester, tautomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein:
R1 is halogen, —OR11, —SR11 or lower alkyl;
R2 is —NHR8;
R4 is —CHR12—, —C(O), —C(S), —S(O)—, or —SO2—;
R5 is aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, or heterocyclic, wherein
the aryl group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents,
the heteroaryl group is substituted with 2 to 5 substituents,
the alicyclic group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents,
the heterocyclic group is substituted with 3 to 5 substituents, and
the substituents on R5 are selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, —SR8, —OR8, —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(O)R9, —NO2, —NR8R10, lower aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, lower heterocyclic, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, diarylalkylamino, oxo, oxa, perhaloalkyl, perhaloalkoxy, perhaloacyl, guanidine, pyridinyl, thiophene, furanyl, indole, indazole, phosphonates, phosphates, phosphoramides, sulfonates, sulfones, sulfates, sulphonamides, carbamates, ureas, thioureas and thioamides, wherein R8 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
R9 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl or —C(O)R9;
R9 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, —NR10R10 or —OR11, wherein R10 and R10 taken together optionally form a ring of 3-7 ring atoms and optionally 1-3 of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group of O, S and N;
R10 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl;
R11 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower aryl or lower heteroaryl;
R12 is hydrogen or lower alkyl; and
R15 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl.
65. The method of claim 64 , wherein:
R1 is halogen or lower alkyl;
R2 is —NHR8, where R8 is hydrogen or —C(O)R9;
R4 is —(CH2)—; and
R5 is aryl, heteroaryl, alicyclic, or heterocyclic, all optionally mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic.
66. (canceled)
67. (canceled)
68. (canceled)
69. (canceled)
70. (canceled)
71. (canceled)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/537,002 US20070111996A1 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2006-09-29 | Pyrazolopyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US50413503P | 2003-09-18 | 2003-09-18 | |
US59146704P | 2004-07-26 | 2004-07-26 | |
US10/946,637 US7148228B2 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2004-09-20 | Pyrazolopyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors |
US11/537,002 US20070111996A1 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2006-09-29 | Pyrazolopyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/946,637 Continuation US7148228B2 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2004-09-20 | Pyrazolopyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20070111996A1 true US20070111996A1 (en) | 2007-05-17 |
Family
ID=34381103
Family Applications (8)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/946,645 Active 2024-10-13 US7138401B2 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2004-09-20 | 2-aminopurine analogs having HSP90-inhibiting activity |
US10/946,637 Active US7148228B2 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2004-09-20 | Pyrazolopyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors |
US10/946,628 Active US7129244B2 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2004-09-20 | Triazolopyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors |
US10/945,851 Active 2024-11-17 US7138402B2 (en) | 2002-10-30 | 2004-09-20 | Pyrrolopyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors |
US11/531,218 Abandoned US20070173483A1 (en) | 2002-10-30 | 2006-09-12 | Pyrrolopyrimidines and Related Analogs as HSP90-Inhibitors |
US11/531,221 Abandoned US20070185064A1 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2006-09-12 | 2-Aminopurine Analogs Having HSP90-Inhibiting Activity |
US11/537,017 Abandoned US20070111997A1 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2006-09-29 | Triazolopyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors |
US11/537,002 Abandoned US20070111996A1 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2006-09-29 | Pyrazolopyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors |
Family Applications Before (7)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/946,645 Active 2024-10-13 US7138401B2 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2004-09-20 | 2-aminopurine analogs having HSP90-inhibiting activity |
US10/946,637 Active US7148228B2 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2004-09-20 | Pyrazolopyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors |
US10/946,628 Active US7129244B2 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2004-09-20 | Triazolopyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors |
US10/945,851 Active 2024-11-17 US7138402B2 (en) | 2002-10-30 | 2004-09-20 | Pyrrolopyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors |
US11/531,218 Abandoned US20070173483A1 (en) | 2002-10-30 | 2006-09-12 | Pyrrolopyrimidines and Related Analogs as HSP90-Inhibitors |
US11/531,221 Abandoned US20070185064A1 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2006-09-12 | 2-Aminopurine Analogs Having HSP90-Inhibiting Activity |
US11/537,017 Abandoned US20070111997A1 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2006-09-29 | Triazolopyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors |
Country Status (14)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (8) | US7138401B2 (en) |
EP (2) | EP2145888A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2007505933A (en) |
KR (1) | KR20060070572A (en) |
CN (1) | CN101906106A (en) |
AU (2) | AU2004274507B2 (en) |
BR (1) | BRPI0414533A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2539548A1 (en) |
EA (1) | EA010160B1 (en) |
IL (1) | IL174375A0 (en) |
MX (1) | MXPA06002997A (en) |
NO (1) | NO20061396L (en) |
NZ (1) | NZ546611A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2005028434A2 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20060223797A1 (en) * | 2005-03-30 | 2006-10-05 | Conforma Therapeutics Corporation | Alkynyl pyrrolopyrimidines and related analogs as hsp90-inhibitors |
Families Citing this family (179)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6992188B1 (en) * | 1995-12-08 | 2006-01-31 | Pfizer, Inc. | Substituted heterocyclic derivatives |
CN1501928A (en) * | 2000-11-02 | 2004-06-02 | 斯隆-凯特林癌症研究所 | Small molecule compositions for binding to hsp90 |
AU2002315389A1 (en) * | 2001-06-21 | 2003-01-08 | Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Novel pyrazolo-and pyrrolo-pyrimidines and uses thereof |
US20070129334A1 (en) * | 2001-10-30 | 2007-06-07 | Conforma Therapeutics Corporation | Orally Active Purine-Based Inhibitors of Heat Shock Protein 90 |
CA2464031A1 (en) | 2001-10-30 | 2003-05-08 | Conforma Therapeutics Corporation | Purine analogs having hsp90-inhibiting activity |
US7138401B2 (en) * | 2003-09-18 | 2006-11-21 | Conforma Therapeutics Corporation | 2-aminopurine analogs having HSP90-inhibiting activity |
WO2006050373A2 (en) * | 2004-11-02 | 2006-05-11 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Methods and compositions for modulating apoptosis |
RU2007120473A (en) * | 2004-11-02 | 2008-12-10 | Конформа Терапьютикс Корпорейшн (Us) | METHODS FOR TREATING THE FORM OF CHRONIC LYMPHOCYTAR LEUKOSIS |
US9120774B2 (en) | 2004-11-03 | 2015-09-01 | University Of Kansas | Novobiocin analogues having modified sugar moieties |
US8212012B2 (en) * | 2004-11-03 | 2012-07-03 | University Of Kansas | Novobiocin analogues having modified sugar moieties |
PL1877379T3 (en) * | 2005-04-13 | 2013-06-28 | Astex Therapeutics Ltd | Hydroxybenzamide derivatives and their use as inhibitors of hsp90 |
US20070027150A1 (en) * | 2005-04-14 | 2007-02-01 | Bellamacina Cornelia R | 2-Amino-quinazolin-5-ones |
WO2006124897A2 (en) * | 2005-05-13 | 2006-11-23 | Lexicon Genetics Incorporated | Methods and compositions for improving cognition |
AU2006272876A1 (en) * | 2005-07-22 | 2007-02-01 | Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pyrazolo pyrimidines useful as aurora kinase inhibitors |
ES2577514T3 (en) * | 2005-08-22 | 2016-07-15 | The Regents Of The University Of California | TLR antagonists |
CA2619365A1 (en) | 2005-08-22 | 2007-03-01 | Amgen Inc. | Pyrazolopyridine and pyrazolopyrimidine compounds useful as kinase enzymes modulators |
CA2619972A1 (en) * | 2005-08-24 | 2007-03-01 | Lexicon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pyrrolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine and pyrazolopyridine compounds, compositions comprising them, and methods of their use |
EP1937258A2 (en) * | 2005-09-23 | 2008-07-02 | Conforma Therapeutics Corporation | Anti-tumor methods using multi drug resistance independent synthetic hsp90 inhibitors |
US20080269131A1 (en) * | 2005-11-10 | 2008-10-30 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Inhibitors of Akt Activity |
US20090227616A1 (en) * | 2005-11-10 | 2009-09-10 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation, A Corporation | Inhibitors of akt activity |
CA2634723A1 (en) * | 2005-12-22 | 2007-07-05 | Conforma Therapeutics Corporation | Orally active purine-based inhibitors of heat shock protein 90 |
WO2007092496A2 (en) * | 2006-02-07 | 2007-08-16 | Conforma Therapeutics Corporation | 7,9-dihydro-purin-8-one and related analogs as hsp90-inhibitors |
WO2007097839A2 (en) * | 2006-02-16 | 2007-08-30 | Massachusetts Eye And Ear Infirmary | Ansamycin analogs or heat shock 90 inhibitors in combination with pdt treatin conditions of the eye |
EP2038041A4 (en) * | 2006-05-12 | 2010-02-17 | Myriad Genetics Inc | Therapeutic compounds and their use in cancer |
EP2700638A1 (en) * | 2006-05-31 | 2014-02-26 | The Regents Of the University of California | Purine analogs |
EP2034839B1 (en) | 2006-06-30 | 2017-08-23 | Sloan-Kettering Institute for Cancer Research | Treatment of neurodegenerative diseases through inhibition of hsp90 |
US20080009508A1 (en) * | 2006-07-10 | 2008-01-10 | Lucie Szucova | 6,9-Disubstituted Purine Derivatives And Their Use For Treating Skin |
DK1887359T3 (en) * | 2006-08-03 | 2009-03-02 | Cellzome Ag | Method for identifying PI3K interacting molecules and for purifying PI3K |
ES2373160T3 (en) | 2006-09-19 | 2012-02-01 | Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited | DERIVATIVE OF PIRAZOLOPIRIMIDINE. |
WO2008045529A1 (en) * | 2006-10-12 | 2008-04-17 | Serenex, Inc. | Purine and pyrimidine derivatives for treatment of cancer and inflammatory diseases |
CL2007002994A1 (en) * | 2006-10-19 | 2008-02-08 | Wyeth Corp | HETEROCICLIC DERIVATIVE COMPOUNDS CONTAINING SULFAMOIL, INHIBITORS OF HSP90; PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION; AND USE FOR THE TREATMENT OF CANCER, SUCH AS CANCER OF BREAST, COLON AND PROSTATE, BETWEEN OTHERS. |
FR2907453B1 (en) * | 2006-10-24 | 2008-12-26 | Sanofi Aventis Sa | NOVEL FLUORENE DERIVATIVES, COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING SAME AND USE THEREOF |
GB0622084D0 (en) * | 2006-11-06 | 2006-12-13 | Chroma Therapeutics Ltd | Inhibitors of HSP90 |
EP2108019A2 (en) * | 2007-01-30 | 2009-10-14 | Biogen Idec MA, Inc. | 1-h-pyrazolo[3,4b]pyrimidine derivatives and their use as modulators of mitotic kinases |
CA2675677A1 (en) * | 2007-02-01 | 2008-08-07 | Astrazeneca Ab | 5,6,7,8-tetrahydropteridine derivatives as hsp90 inhibitors |
WO2008115319A2 (en) | 2007-02-07 | 2008-09-25 | Regents Of The University Of California | Conjugates of synthetic tlr agonists and uses therefor |
KR101313804B1 (en) * | 2007-03-20 | 2013-10-01 | 쿠리스 인코퍼레이션 | Fused amino pyridine as hsp90 inhibitors |
US8642554B2 (en) | 2007-04-12 | 2014-02-04 | Joyant Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Smac mimetic dimers and trimers useful as anti-cancer agents |
US8143265B2 (en) * | 2007-04-16 | 2012-03-27 | Meharry Medical College | Method of treating atherosclerosis |
US7960353B2 (en) * | 2007-05-10 | 2011-06-14 | University Of Kansas | Novobiocin analogues as neuroprotective agents and in the treatment of autoimmune disorders |
DE102007028521A1 (en) * | 2007-06-21 | 2008-12-24 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Indazolamidderivate |
US8119616B2 (en) * | 2007-09-10 | 2012-02-21 | Curis, Inc. | Formulation of quinazoline based EGFR inhibitors containing a zinc binding moiety |
WO2009036092A2 (en) | 2007-09-10 | 2009-03-19 | University Of Massachusetts | Mitochondria-targeted anti-tumor agents |
GB2467670B (en) | 2007-10-04 | 2012-08-01 | Intellikine Inc | Chemical entities and therapeutic uses thereof |
US7960420B2 (en) | 2007-12-21 | 2011-06-14 | Joyant Pharmaceuticals, Inc | Diazonamide analogs with improved solubility |
US8895701B2 (en) * | 2008-01-05 | 2014-11-25 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Peptide-conjugated oligonucleotide therapeutic and method of making and using same |
EA201001264A1 (en) * | 2008-02-07 | 2011-04-29 | Дзе Регентс Оф Дзе Юниверсити Оф Калифорния | METHOD FOR TREATING URINARY BUBBLE DISEASES WITH TLR7 Activator |
US8190543B2 (en) * | 2008-03-08 | 2012-05-29 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Autonomous biologically based learning tool |
WO2009114470A2 (en) * | 2008-03-10 | 2009-09-17 | Curis, Inc. | Tetrahydroindole and tetrahdyroindazole as hsp90 inhibitors containing a zinc binding moiety |
WO2009114874A2 (en) * | 2008-03-14 | 2009-09-17 | Intellikine, Inc. | Benzothiazole kinase inhibitors and methods of use |
JP5547099B2 (en) | 2008-03-14 | 2014-07-09 | インテリカイン, エルエルシー | Kinase inhibitors and methods of use |
JP5123429B2 (en) | 2008-04-29 | 2013-01-23 | ジョイアント ファーマスーティカルズ、インク. | Indoline anticancer agent |
LT5623B (en) | 2008-04-30 | 2010-01-25 | Biotechnologijos Institutas, , | 5-aryl-4-(5-substituted 2,4-dihydroxyfenil)-1,2,3-thiadiazoles as inhibitors of hsp90 chaperone and the intermediates for production thereof |
CN102098918A (en) * | 2008-05-13 | 2011-06-15 | 帕纳德制药公司 | Bioactive compounds for treatment of cancer and neurodegenerative diseases |
WO2009143485A1 (en) | 2008-05-22 | 2009-11-26 | Joyant Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Diazonamide analogs |
CA2730106A1 (en) | 2008-07-08 | 2010-01-14 | Intellikine, Inc. | Kinase inhibitors and methods of use |
US20100022635A1 (en) * | 2008-07-28 | 2010-01-28 | University Of Kansas | Heat shock protein 90 inhibitor dosing methods |
GB0819102D0 (en) * | 2008-10-17 | 2008-11-26 | Chroma Therapeutics Ltd | Pyrrolo-pyrimidine compounds |
US8476282B2 (en) | 2008-11-03 | 2013-07-02 | Intellikine Llc | Benzoxazole kinase inhibitors and methods of use |
JP5501369B2 (en) * | 2008-11-25 | 2014-05-21 | メルク・シャープ・アンド・ドーム・コーポレーション | Soluble guanylate cyclase activator |
WO2010083403A1 (en) * | 2009-01-16 | 2010-07-22 | Curis, Inc. | Fused amino pyridines for the treatment of brain tumors |
WO2010088924A1 (en) | 2009-02-06 | 2010-08-12 | Telormedix Sa | Pharmaceutical compositions comprising imidazoquinolin(amines) and derivatives thereof suitable for local administration |
US8729088B2 (en) * | 2009-02-11 | 2014-05-20 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Toll-like receptor modulators and treatment of diseases |
RU2520966C2 (en) | 2009-02-25 | 2014-06-27 | Дайити Санкио Компани, Лимитед | Tricyclic pyrazolopyrimidine derivative |
EP2414844B1 (en) * | 2009-03-30 | 2014-12-10 | Nordic Bioscience A/S | Fibrosis biomarker assay |
TW201102391A (en) * | 2009-03-31 | 2011-01-16 | Biogen Idec Inc | Certain substituted pyrimidines, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and methods for their use |
SG177384A1 (en) | 2009-06-29 | 2012-02-28 | Incyte Corp | Pyrimidinones as pi3k inhibitors |
EP2452940B1 (en) * | 2009-07-10 | 2014-12-17 | Taiho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Azabicyclo compound and salt thereof |
WO2011022439A1 (en) | 2009-08-17 | 2011-02-24 | Intellikine, Inc. | Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof |
WO2011041593A1 (en) * | 2009-09-30 | 2011-04-07 | University Of Kansas | Novobiocin analogues and treatment of polycystic kidney disease |
JP5941407B2 (en) | 2009-10-07 | 2016-06-29 | スローン − ケッタリング インスティチュート フォー キャンサー リサーチ | HSP90 inhibitor |
US8551955B2 (en) | 2009-10-28 | 2013-10-08 | Joyant Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Dimeric Smac mimetics |
US20110130711A1 (en) * | 2009-11-19 | 2011-06-02 | Follica, Inc. | Hair growth treatment |
TW201130842A (en) * | 2009-12-18 | 2011-09-16 | Incyte Corp | Substituted fused aryl and heteroaryl derivatives as PI3K inhibitors |
WO2011075643A1 (en) | 2009-12-18 | 2011-06-23 | Incyte Corporation | Substituted heteroaryl fused derivatives as pi3k inhibitors |
JP2013514970A (en) | 2009-12-21 | 2013-05-02 | バイエル・クロップサイエンス・アーゲー | Thienylpyri (mi) dinylazoles and their use for controlling phytopathogenic fungi |
EP2558463A1 (en) | 2010-04-14 | 2013-02-20 | Incyte Corporation | Fused derivatives as i3 inhibitors |
US9173935B2 (en) | 2010-04-30 | 2015-11-03 | Telormedix Sa | Phospholipid drug analogs |
US9050319B2 (en) | 2010-04-30 | 2015-06-09 | Telormedix, Sa | Phospholipid drug analogs |
US9290499B2 (en) | 2010-05-19 | 2016-03-22 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Pyrazolopyrimidine compounds for the treatment of cancer |
US9062055B2 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2015-06-23 | Incyte Corporation | Fused pyrrole derivatives as PI3K inhibitors |
EP2610259A4 (en) | 2010-08-23 | 2014-01-08 | Daiichi Sankyo Co Ltd | Free crystal of tricyclic pyrazolopyrimidine derivative |
EP2610260A4 (en) | 2010-08-23 | 2014-01-15 | Daiichi Sankyo Co Ltd | Crystal of tricyclic pyrazolopyrimidine derivative |
WO2012064744A2 (en) | 2010-11-08 | 2012-05-18 | Lycera Corporation | Tetrahydroquinoline and related bicyclic compounds for inhibition of rorϒ activity and the treatment of disease |
CN103313989B (en) | 2010-12-16 | 2016-05-04 | 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 | Three ring PI3K inhibitor compound and usings method |
WO2012083181A1 (en) * | 2010-12-16 | 2012-06-21 | Indiana University Research And Technology Corporation | Alpha helix mimetics and methods for using |
TW201249844A (en) | 2010-12-20 | 2012-12-16 | Incyte Corp | N-(1-(substituted-phenyl)ethyl)-9H-purin-6-amines as PI3K inhibitors |
WO2012088266A2 (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2012-06-28 | Incyte Corporation | Substituted imidazopyridazines and benzimidazoles as inhibitors of fgfr3 |
US8362023B2 (en) | 2011-01-19 | 2013-01-29 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Pyrazolo pyrimidines |
CA2825028A1 (en) * | 2011-02-09 | 2012-08-16 | F. Hoffman-La Roche Ag | Heterocyclic compounds as pi3 kinase inhibitors |
CA2828483A1 (en) | 2011-02-23 | 2012-11-01 | Intellikine, Llc | Combination of kinase inhibitors and uses thereof |
US9108984B2 (en) | 2011-03-14 | 2015-08-18 | Incyte Corporation | Substituted diamino-pyrimidine and diamino-pyridine derivatives as PI3K inhibitors |
US9126948B2 (en) | 2011-03-25 | 2015-09-08 | Incyte Holdings Corporation | Pyrimidine-4,6-diamine derivatives as PI3K inhibitors |
CA2832099C (en) | 2011-04-05 | 2019-07-09 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Hsp90 inhibitors |
KR102010222B1 (en) | 2011-04-05 | 2019-08-13 | 슬로안-케테링인스티튜트퍼캔서리서치 | Hsp90 inhibitors |
EP2699580B1 (en) | 2011-04-22 | 2017-09-27 | Joyant Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Diazonamide analogs |
EP2714688B1 (en) | 2011-05-26 | 2016-02-24 | Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited | Heterocyclic compounds as protein kinase inhibitors |
WO2012178125A1 (en) | 2011-06-22 | 2012-12-27 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Compounds useful as inhibitors of atr kinase |
ITTO20110652A1 (en) * | 2011-07-20 | 2013-01-21 | Medestea Res & Production S P A | COMPOUND DERIVED FROM THE ADENINE HAVING IMMUNO-MODULATING ACTION, ANTI-INFLAMMATORY AND ANTI-DOLUTION ACTION |
MX2020004502A (en) | 2011-09-02 | 2022-01-20 | Incyte Holdings Corp | Heterocyclylamines as pi3k inhibitors. |
US9273056B2 (en) | 2011-10-03 | 2016-03-01 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Pyrrolopyrimidine compounds for the treatment of cancer |
AR090548A1 (en) | 2012-04-02 | 2014-11-19 | Incyte Corp | BICYCLIC AZAHETEROCICLOBENCILAMINS AS PI3K INHIBITORS |
EP2847198B1 (en) | 2012-05-08 | 2016-12-14 | Lycera Corporation | Tetrahydro[1,8]naphthyridine sulfonamide and related compounds for use as agonists of ror-gamma and the treatment of disease |
KR20150007300A (en) | 2012-05-08 | 2015-01-20 | 머크 샤프 앤드 돔 코포레이션 | TETRAHYDRONAPHTHYRIDINE AND RELATED BICYCLIC COMPOUNDS FOR INHIBITION OF RORgamma ACTIVITY AND THE TREATMENT OF DISEASE |
CA2912048A1 (en) * | 2012-05-15 | 2013-11-21 | Calasia Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pyrimidine diamine derivatives as inhibitors of cytosolic hsp90 |
CA2873878A1 (en) | 2012-05-22 | 2013-11-28 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Pyrimidine compounds for the treatment of cancer |
LT3495367T (en) | 2012-06-13 | 2021-02-25 | Incyte Holdings Corporation | Substituted tricyclic compounds as fgfr inhibitors |
WO2014026125A1 (en) | 2012-08-10 | 2014-02-13 | Incyte Corporation | Pyrazine derivatives as fgfr inhibitors |
EP3795694A3 (en) | 2012-10-02 | 2021-06-23 | The General Hospital Corporation d/b/a Massachusetts General Hospital | Methods relating to dna-sensing pathway related conditions |
EP2912036A1 (en) | 2012-10-04 | 2015-09-02 | Pfizer Limited | Pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine tropomyosin-related kinase inhibitors |
CN103724269B (en) * | 2012-10-11 | 2016-12-21 | 中国科学院上海药物研究所 | Phenyl 1,2-isoxazole or phenyl 1,2-pyrazole compound and application thereof |
WO2014062774A1 (en) | 2012-10-17 | 2014-04-24 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Pyrazolopyrimidine compounds for the treatment of cancer |
WO2014085225A1 (en) | 2012-11-27 | 2014-06-05 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Pyrimidine compounds for the treatment of cancer |
NZ731337A (en) | 2012-12-07 | 2019-02-22 | Vertex Pharma | Compounds useful as inhibitors of atr kinase |
US9266892B2 (en) | 2012-12-19 | 2016-02-23 | Incyte Holdings Corporation | Fused pyrazoles as FGFR inhibitors |
WO2014143242A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Compounds useful as inhibitors of atr kinase |
JP2016512239A (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-04-25 | バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッドVertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase |
US10201623B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-02-12 | Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center | HSP90-targeted cardiac imaging and therapy |
WO2014145576A2 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Northwestern University | Substituted pyrrolo(2,3-d)pyrimidines for the treatment of cancer |
JP2016512815A (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-05-09 | バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッドVertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Condensed pyrazolopyrimidine derivatives useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase |
JP6360881B2 (en) | 2013-03-22 | 2018-07-18 | ミレニアム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッドMillennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Combination of catalytic MTORC1 / 2 inhibitor and selective inhibitor of Aurora A kinase |
MY181497A (en) | 2013-04-19 | 2020-12-23 | Incyte Holdings Corp | Bicyclic heterocycles as fgfr inhibitors |
AU2014293011A1 (en) | 2013-07-26 | 2016-03-17 | Race Oncology Ltd. | Compositions to improve the therapeutic benefit of bisantrene |
AU2014306417C1 (en) | 2013-08-16 | 2019-07-25 | Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center | Selective Grp94 inhibitors and uses thereof |
PL3077397T3 (en) | 2013-12-06 | 2020-04-30 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc. | 2-amino-6-fluoro-n-[5-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-3-carboxamide compound useful as atr kinase inhibitor, its preparation, different solid forms and radiolabelled derivatives thereof |
US9663502B2 (en) | 2013-12-20 | 2017-05-30 | Lycera Corporation | 2-Acylamidomethyl and sulfonylamidomethyl benzoxazine carbamates for inhibition of RORgamma activity and the treatment of disease |
WO2015095792A1 (en) | 2013-12-20 | 2015-06-25 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Carbamate benzoxaxine propionic acids and acid derivatives for modulation of rorgamma activity and the treatment of disease |
WO2015095795A1 (en) | 2013-12-20 | 2015-06-25 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | TETRAHYDRONAPHTHYRIDINE, BENZOXAZINE, AZA-BENZOXAZINE, AND RELATED BICYCLIC COMPOUNDS FOR INHIBITION OF RORgamma ACTIVITY AND THE TREATMENT OF DISEASE |
US10532088B2 (en) | 2014-02-27 | 2020-01-14 | Lycera Corporation | Adoptive cellular therapy using an agonist of retinoic acid receptor-related orphan receptor gamma and related therapeutic methods |
ES2548927B1 (en) * | 2014-03-21 | 2016-08-11 | Universidad De Granada | Purine derivatives as Dapk-1 inhibitors |
CN106459063A (en) * | 2014-04-11 | 2017-02-22 | 北卡罗来纳-查佩尔山大学 | MerTK-specific pyrimidine compounds |
EP3209641A4 (en) | 2014-05-05 | 2018-06-06 | Lycera Corporation | Benzenesulfonamido and related compounds for use as agonists of ror and the treatement of disease |
CA2947290A1 (en) | 2014-05-05 | 2015-11-12 | Lycera Corporation | Tetrahydroquinoline sulfonamide and related compounds for use as agonists of rory and the treatment of disease |
SI3152212T1 (en) | 2014-06-05 | 2020-06-30 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Radiolabelled derivatives of a 2-amino-6-fluoro-n-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl)- pyrazolo(1,5-a)pyrimidin-3-carboxamide compound useful as atr kinase inhibitor, the preparation of said compound and different solid forms thereof |
WO2015191677A1 (en) | 2014-06-11 | 2015-12-17 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heteroarylaminoalkyl phenyl derivatives as pi3k inhibitors |
RS59054B1 (en) | 2014-06-17 | 2019-08-30 | Vertex Pharma | Method for treating cancer using a combination of chk1 and atr inhibitors |
MA40535A (en) | 2014-09-17 | 2016-03-24 | Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center | Hsp90-targeted inflammation and infection imaging and therapy |
US10851105B2 (en) | 2014-10-22 | 2020-12-01 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors |
KR101713638B1 (en) * | 2014-11-18 | 2017-03-08 | 한국과학기술연구원 | Novel pyrrolo pyrimidine derivatives and composition for preventing or treating cancer comprising the same |
CA2975997A1 (en) | 2015-02-11 | 2016-08-18 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Substituted pyrazole compounds as rorgammat inhibitors and uses thereof |
US9580423B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2017-02-28 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors |
WO2016134320A1 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2016-08-25 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as fgfr inhibitors |
MA41551A (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2017-12-26 | Incyte Corp | BICYCLIC HETEROCYCLES USED AS FGFR4 INHIBITORS |
NZ734993A (en) | 2015-02-27 | 2024-03-22 | Incyte Holdings Corp | Salts of pi3k inhibitor and processes for their preparation |
CA2982847A1 (en) | 2015-05-05 | 2016-11-10 | Lycera Corporation | Dihydro-2h-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine sulfonamide and related compounds for use as agonists of ror.gamma. and the treatment of disease |
WO2016183063A1 (en) | 2015-05-11 | 2016-11-17 | Incyte Corporation | Crystalline forms of a pi3k inhibitor |
WO2016183060A1 (en) | 2015-05-11 | 2016-11-17 | Incyte Corporation | Process for the synthesis of a phosphoinositide 3-kinase inhibitor |
KR20180025894A (en) | 2015-06-11 | 2018-03-09 | 라이세라 코퍼레이션 | Benzo [B] [1,4] oxazinesulfonamides and related compounds for use as agonists of RORY and the treatment of diseases |
MA42023B2 (en) * | 2015-07-20 | 2022-01-31 | Genzyme Corp | Colony Stimulating Factor-1 Receptor (csf-1r) Inhibitors |
AU2016331955B2 (en) | 2015-09-30 | 2022-07-21 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Method for treating cancer using a combination of DNA damaging agents and ATR inhibitors |
CA3002853A1 (en) | 2015-10-27 | 2017-05-04 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Heteroaryl substituted benzoic acids as rorgammat inhibitors and uses thereof |
CN108431009A (en) | 2015-10-27 | 2018-08-21 | 默沙东公司 | Substituted indazole compound and application thereof as ROR γ T inhibitor |
WO2017075178A1 (en) | 2015-10-27 | 2017-05-04 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | SUBSTITUTED BICYCLIC PYRAZOLE COMPOUNDS AS RORgammaT INHIBITORS AND USES THEREOF |
US10709708B2 (en) | 2016-03-17 | 2020-07-14 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Method of treating cancer with a combination of MER tyrosine kinase inhibitor and an epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) inhibitor |
US11697851B2 (en) | 2016-05-24 | 2023-07-11 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Early ovarian cancer detection diagnostic test based on mRNA isoforms |
KR101896616B1 (en) * | 2016-10-11 | 2018-09-07 | 한국과학기술연구원 | 2-Amino-purine derivative compound, preparing method and use thereof |
KR102053933B1 (en) * | 2016-10-26 | 2019-12-11 | 울산과학기술원 | Compound as TRAP1 inhibitor and pharmaceutical composition for anticancer comprising the same |
LT3448859T (en) | 2017-03-20 | 2019-10-25 | Forma Therapeutics Inc | Pyrrolopyrrole compositions as pyruvate kinase (pkr) activators |
AR111960A1 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2019-09-04 | Incyte Corp | CRYSTALLINE FORMS OF A FGFR INHIBITOR AND PROCESSES FOR ITS PREPARATION |
US10472361B2 (en) * | 2017-08-16 | 2019-11-12 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Toll-like receptor 7 (TLR7) agonists having a benzotriazole moiety, conjugates thereof, and methods and uses therefor |
KR20190043437A (en) | 2017-10-18 | 2019-04-26 | 씨제이헬스케어 주식회사 | Heterocylic compound as a protein kinase inhibitor |
CN107857763A (en) * | 2017-11-28 | 2018-03-30 | 江苏杏睿生物科技有限公司 | A kind of adjacent nitro aroylation derivatives quasi-compound, preparation method and applications |
FR3075795A1 (en) | 2017-12-21 | 2019-06-28 | Galderma Research & Development | NEW MTOR INHIBITOR COMPOUNDS |
FR3075794A1 (en) * | 2017-12-21 | 2019-06-28 | Galderma Research & Development | NEW MTOR INHIBITOR COMPOUNDS |
BR112020018286A2 (en) | 2018-03-09 | 2020-12-29 | Recurium Ip Holdings, Llc | 1,2-DI-HYDRO-3H-PYRAZOLO[3,4-D]PYRIMIDIN-3-ONES SUBSTITUTED |
MA52494A (en) | 2018-05-04 | 2021-03-10 | Incyte Corp | SOLID FORMS OF FGFR INHIBITOR AND THEIR PREPARATION PROCEDURES |
EP3788046A1 (en) | 2018-05-04 | 2021-03-10 | Incyte Corporation | Salts of an fgfr inhibitor |
BR112021005188A2 (en) | 2018-09-19 | 2021-06-08 | Forma Therapeutics, Inc. | treating sickle cell anemia with a pyruvate kinase r activating compound |
US11001588B2 (en) | 2018-09-19 | 2021-05-11 | Forma Therapeutics, Inc. | Activating pyruvate kinase R and mutants thereof |
US11628162B2 (en) | 2019-03-08 | 2023-04-18 | Incyte Corporation | Methods of treating cancer with an FGFR inhibitor |
WO2021007269A1 (en) | 2019-07-09 | 2021-01-14 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as fgfr inhibitors |
EP4045151A1 (en) | 2019-10-14 | 2022-08-24 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as fgfr inhibitors |
WO2021076728A1 (en) | 2019-10-16 | 2021-04-22 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as fgfr inhibitors |
CA3162010A1 (en) | 2019-12-04 | 2021-06-10 | Incyte Corporation | Derivatives of an fgfr inhibitor |
WO2021113479A1 (en) | 2019-12-04 | 2021-06-10 | Incyte Corporation | Tricyclic heterocycles as fgfr inhibitors |
KR102516260B1 (en) * | 2020-07-10 | 2023-03-31 | 울산과학기술원 | Compounds as a TRAP1 selective inhibitor, and composition for preventing or treating cancer comprising the same |
EP4267573A1 (en) | 2020-12-23 | 2023-11-01 | Genzyme Corporation | Deuterated colony stimulating factor-1 receptor (csf-1r) inhibitors |
TW202313611A (en) | 2021-06-09 | 2023-04-01 | 美商英塞特公司 | Tricyclic heterocycles as fgfr inhibitors |
CN116332940A (en) * | 2023-02-14 | 2023-06-27 | 广西民族大学 | 7-deazapurine derivative and preparation method and application thereof |
Citations (52)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4495190A (en) * | 1980-12-22 | 1985-01-22 | Astra Lakemedel Aktiebolag | Derivatives of guanine for combating herpes virus infections |
US4547573A (en) * | 1983-12-02 | 1985-10-15 | Ici Pharma | Process for preparing cephalosporin derivatives |
US4617304A (en) * | 1984-04-10 | 1986-10-14 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Purine derivatives |
US4699877A (en) * | 1982-11-04 | 1987-10-13 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Methods and compositions for detecting human tumors |
US4748177A (en) * | 1984-03-26 | 1988-05-31 | Warner-Lambert Company | Guanine derivatives |
US4772606A (en) * | 1985-08-22 | 1988-09-20 | Warner-Lambert Company | Purine derivatives |
US4774325A (en) * | 1984-09-20 | 1988-09-27 | Pierrel Spa | New 8-substituted nucleoside and purine derivatives, the process for the preparation thereof and the pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
US4806642A (en) * | 1984-10-05 | 1989-02-21 | Warner-Lambert Company | Purine derivatives |
US4918162A (en) * | 1986-05-06 | 1990-04-17 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Assays and antibodies for N-MYC proteins |
US4921859A (en) * | 1983-10-31 | 1990-05-01 | Warner-Lambert Company | Purine derivatives |
US4923885A (en) * | 1988-08-19 | 1990-05-08 | Merck & Co., Inc. | 5-amino-1-(4-naphthoylbenzyl)-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamides and analogs as antiproliferative agents |
US4968603A (en) * | 1986-12-31 | 1990-11-06 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Determination of status in neoplastic disease |
US5002950A (en) * | 1986-10-24 | 1991-03-26 | Warner-Lambert Co. | 7-deazaguanines as immunomodulators |
US5098906A (en) * | 1983-10-31 | 1992-03-24 | Warner-Lambert Company | Purine derivatives |
US5110818A (en) * | 1988-10-06 | 1992-05-05 | Ciba-Geigy Corporation | Anticonvulsive substituted-9-benzyl-9h-purines |
US5204353A (en) * | 1987-04-07 | 1993-04-20 | Ciba-Geigy Corporation | 3-benzyl-3H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidines, compositions thereof, and method of treating epilepsy therewith |
US5217866A (en) * | 1985-03-15 | 1993-06-08 | Anti-Gene Development Group | Polynucleotide assay reagent and method |
US5332744A (en) * | 1989-05-30 | 1994-07-26 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Substituted imidazo-fused 6-membered heterocycles as angiotensin II antagonists |
US5369008A (en) * | 1991-05-24 | 1994-11-29 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Methods for the detection of BCR-ABL and abnormal ABL proteins in leukemia patients |
US5602156A (en) * | 1993-09-17 | 1997-02-11 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Method for inhibiting metalloproteinase expression |
US5789394A (en) * | 1992-12-23 | 1998-08-04 | Nguyen-Ba; Nghe | Anti-viral compounds |
US5846749A (en) * | 1994-10-12 | 1998-12-08 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Quantitative measurement of tissue protein identified by immunohistochemistry and standardized protein determination |
US5861503A (en) * | 1997-04-30 | 1999-01-19 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Process for producing 8-fluoropurines |
US5917042A (en) * | 1994-02-04 | 1999-06-29 | Glaxo Wellcome Inc. | Process for the preparation of 2,5-diamino-4,6-dichloropyrimidine |
US5932566A (en) * | 1994-06-16 | 1999-08-03 | Pfizer Inc. | Ansamycin derivatives as antioncogene and anticancer agents |
US5994361A (en) * | 1994-06-22 | 1999-11-30 | Biochem Pharma | Substituted purinyl derivatives with immunomodulating activity |
US6005107A (en) * | 1992-12-23 | 1999-12-21 | Biochem Pharma, Inc. | Antiviral compounds |
US6025126A (en) * | 1991-10-28 | 2000-02-15 | Arch Development Corporation | Methods and compositions for the detection of chromosomal aberrations |
US6143743A (en) * | 1997-07-03 | 2000-11-07 | Dupont Pharmaceuticals Company | Imidazopyrimidines and imidazopyridines for the treatment of neurological disorders |
US6174875B1 (en) * | 1999-04-01 | 2001-01-16 | University Of Pittsburgh | Benzoquinoid ansamycins for the treatment of cardiac arrest and stroke |
US6177460B1 (en) * | 1995-04-12 | 2001-01-23 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Method of treatment for cancer or viral infections |
US6210974B1 (en) * | 1997-10-24 | 2001-04-03 | Oregon Health Sciences University | Compositions and methods for promoting nerve regeneration |
US6333331B1 (en) * | 1994-08-01 | 2001-12-25 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Substituted O6-benzylguanines |
US6369092B1 (en) * | 1998-11-23 | 2002-04-09 | Cell Pathways, Inc. | Method for treating neoplasia by exposure to substituted benzimidazole derivatives |
US6444656B1 (en) * | 1992-12-23 | 2002-09-03 | Biochem Pharma, Inc. | Antiviral phosphonate nucleotides |
US20020156277A1 (en) * | 2001-04-20 | 2002-10-24 | Fick David B. | Synthesis and methods of use of purine analogues and derivatives |
US20020161014A1 (en) * | 2000-04-25 | 2002-10-31 | Chanchal Sadhu | Inhibitors of human phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase delta |
US20030022864A1 (en) * | 2001-04-24 | 2003-01-30 | Ishaq Khalid S. | 9-[(5-dihydroxyboryl)-pentyl] purines, useful as an inhibitor of inflammatory cytokines |
US20030078413A1 (en) * | 2001-09-12 | 2003-04-24 | Epoch Biosciences, Inc. | Process for the synthesis of pyrazolopyrimidines |
US20030113331A1 (en) * | 1999-01-06 | 2003-06-19 | Brooks Peter C. | Method and composition for angiogenesis inhibition |
US20040063668A1 (en) * | 2001-01-19 | 2004-04-01 | Jong-Ryoo Choi | Novel acyclic nucleoside phosphonate derivatives, salts thereof and process for the preparation of the same |
US6723727B1 (en) * | 1996-12-20 | 2004-04-20 | Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft | Substituted purine derivatives, processes for their preparation, their use, and compositions comprising them |
US20040097526A1 (en) * | 2001-01-10 | 2004-05-20 | Gillespie Roger John | Triazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidine derivatives and their use as purinergic receptor antagonists |
US20040102458A1 (en) * | 2000-11-02 | 2004-05-27 | Gabriela Chiosis | Small molecule compositions for binding to hsp90 |
US20040116447A1 (en) * | 2001-01-10 | 2004-06-17 | Gillespie Roger John | Pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine derivatives and their use as purinergic receptor antagonists |
US20040241706A1 (en) * | 2002-09-13 | 2004-12-02 | Irm, Llc | Highly specific modulators of GTPases for target validation |
US20040242490A1 (en) * | 2003-02-20 | 2004-12-02 | Brooks Peter C. | CLK-peptide and SLK-peptide |
US20050043239A1 (en) * | 2003-08-14 | 2005-02-24 | Jason Douangpanya | Methods of inhibiting immune responses stimulated by an endogenous factor |
US20050049263A1 (en) * | 2001-10-30 | 2005-03-03 | Kasibhatla Srinivas Rao | Purine analogs having hsp90-inhibiting activity |
US20050107343A1 (en) * | 2003-09-18 | 2005-05-19 | Conforma Therapeutics Corporation | Pyrrolopyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors |
US20060035909A1 (en) * | 2002-08-23 | 2006-02-16 | Kveta Fuksova | Azapurine derivatives |
US20080081817A1 (en) * | 2004-07-23 | 2008-04-03 | Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. | Nitrogenous Fused Bicyclic Compound |
Family Cites Families (67)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
GB884151A (en) | 1957-12-06 | 1961-12-06 | Ciba Ltd | New pyrazolo-pyrimidines substituted in the pyrazole nucleus, and process for their manufacture |
EP0151528B1 (en) | 1984-02-02 | 1990-07-04 | Merck & Co. Inc. | 5-(amino or substituted amino)-1,2,3-triazoles |
ZA857647B (en) * | 1984-10-12 | 1986-05-28 | Warner Lambert Co | Purine derivatives |
IL76546A (en) | 1984-10-12 | 1988-12-30 | Warner Lambert Co | 9-(heteroarylalkyl)-6-purine(thi)one derivatives,their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
JO1406B1 (en) | 1984-11-02 | 1986-11-30 | سميث كلاين اند فرينش لابوراتوريز ليمتد | Chemical compounds |
ATE81872T1 (en) | 1985-03-15 | 1992-11-15 | James Summerton | STEROREOGULAR POLYNUCLEOTIDE BINDING POLYMERS. |
IL78643A0 (en) | 1985-05-02 | 1986-08-31 | Wellcome Found | Purine derivatives,their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
GB8515934D0 (en) | 1985-06-24 | 1985-07-24 | Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv | (4-piperidinomethyl and-hetero)purines |
DE3623099C3 (en) * | 1986-07-09 | 1998-08-13 | Spoetzl Markus Dipl Ing Fh | Blow molding machine |
JPH0821101B2 (en) | 1987-07-21 | 1996-03-04 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Coin sorter |
SE8801729D0 (en) | 1988-05-06 | 1988-05-06 | Astra Ab | PURINE DERIVATIVES FOR USE IN THERAPY |
ES2085446T3 (en) | 1990-07-04 | 1996-06-01 | Merrell Pharma Inc | DERIVATIVES OF 9-PURINYL PHOSPHONIC ACID. |
GB9020931D0 (en) | 1990-09-26 | 1990-11-07 | Wellcome Found | Heterocyclic compounds |
ATE187173T1 (en) | 1991-03-05 | 1999-12-15 | Ajinomoto Kk | CYCLOPROPANE DERIVATIVE |
US5939420A (en) | 1991-04-08 | 1999-08-17 | Duquesne University Of The Holy Ghost | Pyrrolo 2,3d!derivatives |
CA2093403C (en) | 1992-04-08 | 1999-08-10 | Fumio Suzuki | Therapeutic agent for parkinson's disease |
JPH0680670A (en) | 1992-09-03 | 1994-03-22 | Ajinomoto Co Inc | Cyclopropane derivative and its production |
US5744492A (en) | 1993-09-17 | 1998-04-28 | United States Of America | Method for inhibiting angiogenesis |
JP3769737B2 (en) | 1994-03-30 | 2006-04-26 | 味の素株式会社 | Cyclopropane derivative and process for producing the same |
JPH0841035A (en) | 1994-08-05 | 1996-02-13 | Ajinomoto Co Inc | Cyclopropane derivative and its production |
JPH08208687A (en) | 1994-11-25 | 1996-08-13 | Sankyo Co Ltd | Glyceryl oligonucleotide |
US5656629A (en) * | 1995-03-10 | 1997-08-12 | Sanofi Winthrop, Inc. | 6-substituted pyrazolo (3,4-d)pyrimidin-4-ones and compositions and methods of use thereof |
JPH0920776A (en) | 1995-06-30 | 1997-01-21 | Nippon Paper Ind Co Ltd | New purine nucleoside derivative, its production and antiviral agent with the same as active ingredient |
JPH09169758A (en) | 1995-10-18 | 1997-06-30 | Nippon Paper Ind Co Ltd | New purine nucleoside derivative, its production and antivirus using the same |
JPH1025294A (en) | 1996-03-26 | 1998-01-27 | Akira Matsuda | Condensed heterocyclic derivative, its production and malignant tumor therapeutic agent containing the same |
ATE283855T1 (en) | 1996-07-03 | 2004-12-15 | Sumitomo Pharma | NEW PURINE DERIVATIVES |
US6284748B1 (en) | 1997-03-07 | 2001-09-04 | Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. | Purine inhibitors of fructose 1,6-bisphosphatase |
ATE460423T1 (en) | 1997-05-14 | 2010-03-15 | Sloan Kettering Inst Cancer | METHOD AND PREPARATIONS FOR DESTROYING CERTAIN PROTEINS |
CA2294244A1 (en) | 1997-07-12 | 1999-01-21 | Cancer Research Campaign Technology Limited | Cyclin dependent kinase inhibiting purine derivatives |
GB9717849D0 (en) | 1997-08-23 | 1997-10-29 | Seal Sands Chemicals Limited | Preparation of pyridene derivatives |
AUPO912997A0 (en) | 1997-09-11 | 1997-10-02 | Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation | Antiviral agents |
KR100540046B1 (en) | 1997-11-12 | 2006-01-10 | 미쓰비시 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 | Purine Derivatives and Medicine Containing the Same as the Active Ingredient |
TW572758B (en) | 1997-12-22 | 2004-01-21 | Sumitomo Pharma | Type 2 helper T cell-selective immune response inhibitors comprising purine derivatives |
AU3378599A (en) | 1998-04-03 | 1999-10-25 | University Of Pittsburgh | Benzoquinoid ansamycins for the treatment of cardiac arrest and stroke |
US5985060A (en) | 1998-07-25 | 1999-11-16 | Breed Automotive Technology, Inc. | Gas generant compositions containing guanidines |
SI20022A (en) | 1998-07-29 | 2000-02-29 | Kemijski inštitut | Alkyl substituted purine derivatives and their preparation |
JP2000072773A (en) | 1998-08-28 | 2000-03-07 | Zeria Pharmaceut Co Ltd | Purine derivative |
CZ27399A3 (en) | 1999-01-26 | 2000-08-16 | Ústav Experimentální Botaniky Av Čr | Substituted nitrogen heterocyclic derivatives process of their preparation, the derivatives employed as medicaments, pharmaceutical composition and a compound pharmaceutical preparation in which these derivatives are comprised as well as use of these derivatives for preparing medicaments |
WO2000044750A1 (en) | 1999-02-01 | 2000-08-03 | Cv Therapeutics, Inc. | PURINE INHIBITORS OF CYCLIN DEPENDENT KINASE 2 AND Iλ-A$g(a) |
FR2790702B1 (en) | 1999-03-08 | 2001-07-20 | Sidel Sa | MOLDING UNIT AND EXTRUSION-BLOWING MACHINE PROVIDED WITH SUCH A UNIT |
WO2000068230A1 (en) | 1999-05-05 | 2000-11-16 | Darwin Discovery Limited | 9-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)-1,9-dihydropurin-6-one derivatives as pde7 inhibitors |
US6660845B1 (en) * | 1999-11-23 | 2003-12-09 | Epoch Biosciences, Inc. | Non-aggregating, non-quenching oligomers comprising nucleotide analogues; methods of synthesis and use thereof |
EP1244672B1 (en) | 1999-12-21 | 2005-07-20 | Sugen, Inc. | 4-substituted 7-aza-indolin-2-ones and their use as protein kinase inhibitors |
JP2003519232A (en) | 2000-01-07 | 2003-06-17 | ウニフェルジテーレ・インステリング・アントウェルペン | Purine derivatives, their production and their use |
EP1265913A4 (en) | 2000-03-24 | 2004-07-14 | Univ Duke | Characterization of grp94-ligand interactions and purification, screening, and therapeutic methods relating thereto |
AU5566701A (en) | 2000-04-25 | 2001-11-07 | Icos Corp | Inhibitors of human phosphatidyl-inositol 3-kinase delta |
AU2001271567A1 (en) | 2000-06-29 | 2002-01-14 | Trustees Of Boston University | Use of geldanamycin and related compounds for prophylaxis or treatment of fibrogenic disorders |
US6946456B2 (en) | 2000-07-28 | 2005-09-20 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Methods for treating cell proliferative disorders and viral infections |
US6613089B1 (en) | 2000-10-25 | 2003-09-02 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Laterally expanding intervertebral fusion device |
CN1473055A (en) | 2000-11-02 | 2004-02-04 | ˹¡-�����ְ�֢�о��� | Methods for enhancing efficacy of cytotoxic agents through use of HSP90 inhibitors |
GB0100623D0 (en) | 2001-01-10 | 2001-02-21 | Vernalis Res Ltd | Chemical compounds IV |
AU2002252179A1 (en) | 2001-03-01 | 2002-09-19 | Conforma Therapeutics Corp. | Methods for treating genetically-defined proliferative disorders with hsp90 inhibitors |
CA2377054C (en) * | 2001-03-16 | 2006-09-05 | Susan M. Boyetchko | Biocontrol of weeds using pseudomonas compositions |
JP4331944B2 (en) | 2001-04-17 | 2009-09-16 | 大日本住友製薬株式会社 | New adenine derivatives |
WO2002088079A2 (en) | 2001-05-01 | 2002-11-07 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Dual inhibitors of pde 7 and pde 4 |
WO2002094196A2 (en) | 2001-05-23 | 2002-11-28 | Sloan Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Method of treatment for cancers associated with elevated |
PE20030008A1 (en) | 2001-06-19 | 2003-01-22 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | DUAL INHIBITORS OF PDE 7 AND PDE 4 |
US6949522B2 (en) | 2001-06-22 | 2005-09-27 | Pharmasset, Inc. | β-2′- or 3′-halonucleosides |
DE60205376T2 (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2006-04-06 | Cyclacel Ltd. | 2,6,9-SUBSTITUTED PURINE DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE IN THE TREATMENT OF PROLIFERATIVE DISEASES |
DK1499277T3 (en) | 2001-09-24 | 2009-05-11 | Imp Innovations Ltd | PYY-36 for reducing or preventing obesity |
ATE387198T1 (en) | 2001-09-24 | 2008-03-15 | Conforma Therapeutic Corp | METHOD FOR PRODUCING 17-ALLYL-AMINO-MONEYANAMYCIN (17-AAG) AND OTHER ANSAMYCINS |
JP2003113181A (en) | 2001-10-04 | 2003-04-18 | Sumika Fine Chemicals Co Ltd | Method for producing 6-halopurine |
WO2003041643A2 (en) | 2001-11-09 | 2003-05-22 | Conforma Therapeutics Corporation | Hsp90-inhibiting zearalanol compounds and methods of producing and using same |
JP2007526894A (en) * | 2003-07-16 | 2007-09-20 | ジヤンセン・フアーマシユーチカ・ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ | Triazolopyrimidine derivatives as glycogen synthase kinase 3 inhibitors |
JP2009514782A (en) * | 2003-07-16 | 2009-04-09 | ジヤンセン・フアーマシユーチカ・ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ | Triazolopyrimidine derivatives as inhibitors of glycogen synthase kinase 3 |
EP1937258A2 (en) * | 2005-09-23 | 2008-07-02 | Conforma Therapeutics Corporation | Anti-tumor methods using multi drug resistance independent synthetic hsp90 inhibitors |
TWI640539B (en) | 2015-03-13 | 2018-11-11 | 朱寶麒 | Zinc binding fusion protein of glutathione s-transferase and metallothionein |
-
2004
- 2004-09-20 US US10/946,645 patent/US7138401B2/en active Active
- 2004-09-20 CA CA002539548A patent/CA2539548A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2004-09-20 KR KR1020067007478A patent/KR20060070572A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2004-09-20 WO PCT/US2004/031248 patent/WO2005028434A2/en active Search and Examination
- 2004-09-20 US US10/946,637 patent/US7148228B2/en active Active
- 2004-09-20 CN CN2010101575972A patent/CN101906106A/en active Pending
- 2004-09-20 US US10/946,628 patent/US7129244B2/en active Active
- 2004-09-20 EA EA200600594A patent/EA010160B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2004-09-20 EP EP09157018A patent/EP2145888A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2004-09-20 AU AU2004274507A patent/AU2004274507B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2004-09-20 JP JP2006527162A patent/JP2007505933A/en not_active Ceased
- 2004-09-20 MX MXPA06002997A patent/MXPA06002997A/en active IP Right Grant
- 2004-09-20 US US10/945,851 patent/US7138402B2/en active Active
- 2004-09-20 NZ NZ546611A patent/NZ546611A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2004-09-20 BR BRPI0414533-0A patent/BRPI0414533A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2004-09-20 EP EP04788954A patent/EP1670802A4/en not_active Withdrawn
-
2006
- 2006-03-16 IL IL174375A patent/IL174375A0/en unknown
- 2006-03-27 NO NO20061396A patent/NO20061396L/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2006-09-12 US US11/531,218 patent/US20070173483A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2006-09-12 US US11/531,221 patent/US20070185064A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2006-09-29 US US11/537,017 patent/US20070111997A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2006-09-29 US US11/537,002 patent/US20070111996A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2010
- 2010-06-30 AU AU2010202750A patent/AU2010202750B2/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (57)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4495190A (en) * | 1980-12-22 | 1985-01-22 | Astra Lakemedel Aktiebolag | Derivatives of guanine for combating herpes virus infections |
US4699877A (en) * | 1982-11-04 | 1987-10-13 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Methods and compositions for detecting human tumors |
US4921859A (en) * | 1983-10-31 | 1990-05-01 | Warner-Lambert Company | Purine derivatives |
US5098906A (en) * | 1983-10-31 | 1992-03-24 | Warner-Lambert Company | Purine derivatives |
US4547573A (en) * | 1983-12-02 | 1985-10-15 | Ici Pharma | Process for preparing cephalosporin derivatives |
US4748177A (en) * | 1984-03-26 | 1988-05-31 | Warner-Lambert Company | Guanine derivatives |
US4617304A (en) * | 1984-04-10 | 1986-10-14 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Purine derivatives |
US4774325A (en) * | 1984-09-20 | 1988-09-27 | Pierrel Spa | New 8-substituted nucleoside and purine derivatives, the process for the preparation thereof and the pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
US4806642A (en) * | 1984-10-05 | 1989-02-21 | Warner-Lambert Company | Purine derivatives |
US5217866A (en) * | 1985-03-15 | 1993-06-08 | Anti-Gene Development Group | Polynucleotide assay reagent and method |
US4772606A (en) * | 1985-08-22 | 1988-09-20 | Warner-Lambert Company | Purine derivatives |
US4918162A (en) * | 1986-05-06 | 1990-04-17 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Assays and antibodies for N-MYC proteins |
US5002950A (en) * | 1986-10-24 | 1991-03-26 | Warner-Lambert Co. | 7-deazaguanines as immunomodulators |
US4968603A (en) * | 1986-12-31 | 1990-11-06 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Determination of status in neoplastic disease |
US5204353A (en) * | 1987-04-07 | 1993-04-20 | Ciba-Geigy Corporation | 3-benzyl-3H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidines, compositions thereof, and method of treating epilepsy therewith |
US4923885A (en) * | 1988-08-19 | 1990-05-08 | Merck & Co., Inc. | 5-amino-1-(4-naphthoylbenzyl)-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamides and analogs as antiproliferative agents |
US5110818A (en) * | 1988-10-06 | 1992-05-05 | Ciba-Geigy Corporation | Anticonvulsive substituted-9-benzyl-9h-purines |
US5332744A (en) * | 1989-05-30 | 1994-07-26 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Substituted imidazo-fused 6-membered heterocycles as angiotensin II antagonists |
US5369008A (en) * | 1991-05-24 | 1994-11-29 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Methods for the detection of BCR-ABL and abnormal ABL proteins in leukemia patients |
US6025126A (en) * | 1991-10-28 | 2000-02-15 | Arch Development Corporation | Methods and compositions for the detection of chromosomal aberrations |
US6005107A (en) * | 1992-12-23 | 1999-12-21 | Biochem Pharma, Inc. | Antiviral compounds |
US6444656B1 (en) * | 1992-12-23 | 2002-09-03 | Biochem Pharma, Inc. | Antiviral phosphonate nucleotides |
US5955610A (en) * | 1992-12-23 | 1999-09-21 | Biochem Pharma, Inc. | Antiviral compounds |
US5789394A (en) * | 1992-12-23 | 1998-08-04 | Nguyen-Ba; Nghe | Anti-viral compounds |
US5602156A (en) * | 1993-09-17 | 1997-02-11 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Method for inhibiting metalloproteinase expression |
US5917042A (en) * | 1994-02-04 | 1999-06-29 | Glaxo Wellcome Inc. | Process for the preparation of 2,5-diamino-4,6-dichloropyrimidine |
US5932566A (en) * | 1994-06-16 | 1999-08-03 | Pfizer Inc. | Ansamycin derivatives as antioncogene and anticancer agents |
US5994361A (en) * | 1994-06-22 | 1999-11-30 | Biochem Pharma | Substituted purinyl derivatives with immunomodulating activity |
US6333331B1 (en) * | 1994-08-01 | 2001-12-25 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Substituted O6-benzylguanines |
US5846749A (en) * | 1994-10-12 | 1998-12-08 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Quantitative measurement of tissue protein identified by immunohistochemistry and standardized protein determination |
US6177460B1 (en) * | 1995-04-12 | 2001-01-23 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Method of treatment for cancer or viral infections |
US6723727B1 (en) * | 1996-12-20 | 2004-04-20 | Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft | Substituted purine derivatives, processes for their preparation, their use, and compositions comprising them |
US6262254B1 (en) * | 1997-04-30 | 2001-07-17 | The Regents Of Univ. Of California | 8-fluoropurine compounds |
US5861503A (en) * | 1997-04-30 | 1999-01-19 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Process for producing 8-fluoropurines |
US6143743A (en) * | 1997-07-03 | 2000-11-07 | Dupont Pharmaceuticals Company | Imidazopyrimidines and imidazopyridines for the treatment of neurological disorders |
US6210974B1 (en) * | 1997-10-24 | 2001-04-03 | Oregon Health Sciences University | Compositions and methods for promoting nerve regeneration |
US6369092B1 (en) * | 1998-11-23 | 2002-04-09 | Cell Pathways, Inc. | Method for treating neoplasia by exposure to substituted benzimidazole derivatives |
US20030113331A1 (en) * | 1999-01-06 | 2003-06-19 | Brooks Peter C. | Method and composition for angiogenesis inhibition |
US6174875B1 (en) * | 1999-04-01 | 2001-01-16 | University Of Pittsburgh | Benzoquinoid ansamycins for the treatment of cardiac arrest and stroke |
US20020161014A1 (en) * | 2000-04-25 | 2002-10-31 | Chanchal Sadhu | Inhibitors of human phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase delta |
US20040102458A1 (en) * | 2000-11-02 | 2004-05-27 | Gabriela Chiosis | Small molecule compositions for binding to hsp90 |
US7087754B2 (en) * | 2001-01-10 | 2006-08-08 | Vernalis Research Limited | Pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine derivatives and their use as purinergic receptor antagonists |
US20040116447A1 (en) * | 2001-01-10 | 2004-06-17 | Gillespie Roger John | Pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine derivatives and their use as purinergic receptor antagonists |
US20040097526A1 (en) * | 2001-01-10 | 2004-05-20 | Gillespie Roger John | Triazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidine derivatives and their use as purinergic receptor antagonists |
US20040063668A1 (en) * | 2001-01-19 | 2004-04-01 | Jong-Ryoo Choi | Novel acyclic nucleoside phosphonate derivatives, salts thereof and process for the preparation of the same |
US20020156277A1 (en) * | 2001-04-20 | 2002-10-24 | Fick David B. | Synthesis and methods of use of purine analogues and derivatives |
US20030022864A1 (en) * | 2001-04-24 | 2003-01-30 | Ishaq Khalid S. | 9-[(5-dihydroxyboryl)-pentyl] purines, useful as an inhibitor of inflammatory cytokines |
US20030078413A1 (en) * | 2001-09-12 | 2003-04-24 | Epoch Biosciences, Inc. | Process for the synthesis of pyrazolopyrimidines |
US20050049263A1 (en) * | 2001-10-30 | 2005-03-03 | Kasibhatla Srinivas Rao | Purine analogs having hsp90-inhibiting activity |
US20060035909A1 (en) * | 2002-08-23 | 2006-02-16 | Kveta Fuksova | Azapurine derivatives |
US20040241706A1 (en) * | 2002-09-13 | 2004-12-02 | Irm, Llc | Highly specific modulators of GTPases for target validation |
US20040242490A1 (en) * | 2003-02-20 | 2004-12-02 | Brooks Peter C. | CLK-peptide and SLK-peptide |
US20050043239A1 (en) * | 2003-08-14 | 2005-02-24 | Jason Douangpanya | Methods of inhibiting immune responses stimulated by an endogenous factor |
US20050107343A1 (en) * | 2003-09-18 | 2005-05-19 | Conforma Therapeutics Corporation | Pyrrolopyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors |
US20050113340A1 (en) * | 2003-09-18 | 2005-05-26 | Conforma Therapeutics Corporation | 2-Aminopurine analogs having HSP90-inhibiting activity |
US20050113339A1 (en) * | 2003-09-18 | 2005-05-26 | Kasibhatla Srinivas R. | Triazolopyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors |
US20080081817A1 (en) * | 2004-07-23 | 2008-04-03 | Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. | Nitrogenous Fused Bicyclic Compound |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20060223797A1 (en) * | 2005-03-30 | 2006-10-05 | Conforma Therapeutics Corporation | Alkynyl pyrrolopyrimidines and related analogs as hsp90-inhibitors |
US7544672B2 (en) | 2005-03-30 | 2009-06-09 | Conforma Therapeutics Corporation | Alkynyl pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors |
US8093229B2 (en) | 2005-03-30 | 2012-01-10 | Conforma Therapeutics Corporation | Alkynyl pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20050113340A1 (en) | 2005-05-26 |
CN101906106A (en) | 2010-12-08 |
AU2010202750B2 (en) | 2011-09-01 |
EA200600594A1 (en) | 2006-10-27 |
BRPI0414533A (en) | 2006-11-07 |
AU2004274507A1 (en) | 2005-03-31 |
AU2010202750A1 (en) | 2010-07-22 |
US20070173483A1 (en) | 2007-07-26 |
US7148228B2 (en) | 2006-12-12 |
MXPA06002997A (en) | 2007-02-08 |
US7138402B2 (en) | 2006-11-21 |
US7138401B2 (en) | 2006-11-21 |
EP1670802A4 (en) | 2010-07-07 |
CA2539548A1 (en) | 2005-03-31 |
US20070111997A1 (en) | 2007-05-17 |
EP1670802A2 (en) | 2006-06-21 |
WO2005028434A2 (en) | 2005-03-31 |
US20050119282A1 (en) | 2005-06-02 |
US20070185064A1 (en) | 2007-08-09 |
US20050107343A1 (en) | 2005-05-19 |
NZ546611A (en) | 2010-02-26 |
WO2005028434A3 (en) | 2006-03-23 |
US7129244B2 (en) | 2006-10-31 |
US20050113339A1 (en) | 2005-05-26 |
IL174375A0 (en) | 2006-08-01 |
AU2004274507B2 (en) | 2010-08-19 |
JP2007505933A (en) | 2007-03-15 |
EA010160B1 (en) | 2008-06-30 |
NO20061396L (en) | 2006-06-16 |
EP2145888A1 (en) | 2010-01-20 |
KR20060070572A (en) | 2006-06-23 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US7148228B2 (en) | Pyrazolopyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors | |
US8093229B2 (en) | Alkynyl pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidines and related analogs as HSP90-inhibitors | |
US20080096903A1 (en) | Sulfamoyl-containing derivatives and uses thereof | |
US20070253896A1 (en) | 7,9-Dihydro-Purin-8-One and Related Analogs as HSP90-Inhibitors | |
TWI481607B (en) | 2-arylimidazole derivatives as pde10a enzyme inhibitors | |
TWI487705B (en) | Heteroaromatic aryl triazole derivatives as pde10a enzyme inhibitors | |
SK3542002A3 (en) | Pteridinones as kinase inhibitors | |
ZA200602786B (en) | Novel heterocyclic compounds as HSP90-inhibitors |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |